[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2014208135A1 - Information recording medium and reproducing device - Google Patents

Information recording medium and reproducing device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2014208135A1
WO2014208135A1 PCT/JP2014/055761 JP2014055761W WO2014208135A1 WO 2014208135 A1 WO2014208135 A1 WO 2014208135A1 JP 2014055761 W JP2014055761 W JP 2014055761W WO 2014208135 A1 WO2014208135 A1 WO 2014208135A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
address
address field
recording medium
recording
symbols
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Ceased
Application number
PCT/JP2014/055761
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
足立 佳久
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Sharp Corp
Original Assignee
Sharp Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Sharp Corp filed Critical Sharp Corp
Publication of WO2014208135A1 publication Critical patent/WO2014208135A1/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Ceased legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G11INFORMATION STORAGE
    • G11BINFORMATION STORAGE BASED ON RELATIVE MOVEMENT BETWEEN RECORD CARRIER AND TRANSDUCER
    • G11B20/00Signal processing not specific to the method of recording or reproducing; Circuits therefor
    • G11B20/10Digital recording or reproducing
    • GPHYSICS
    • G11INFORMATION STORAGE
    • G11BINFORMATION STORAGE BASED ON RELATIVE MOVEMENT BETWEEN RECORD CARRIER AND TRANSDUCER
    • G11B20/00Signal processing not specific to the method of recording or reproducing; Circuits therefor
    • G11B20/10Digital recording or reproducing
    • G11B20/12Formatting, e.g. arrangement of data block or words on the record carriers
    • G11B20/1217Formatting, e.g. arrangement of data block or words on the record carriers on discs

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to an information recording medium capable of recording information and a reproducing apparatus capable of reproducing the information recording medium.
  • Patent Document 1 discloses a technology that makes it impossible to reproduce a new version of an information recording medium in a reproducing apparatus corresponding to the current version.
  • a new version of an information recording medium includes a playback device in which error correction encoded address information is incompatible with the new version of the information recording medium (for example, only the old version of the information recording medium).
  • the reproduction apparatus manufactured so as to correspond to the above the modification is performed so that the address information cannot be decoded. That is, the new version of the information recording medium is in a state in which error correction of the address information is impossible in a playback device that does not support the new version of the information recording medium, and various data recorded on the information recording medium Access (that is, reproduction of various data) is impossible. This eliminates the possibility of malfunction when a new version of the information recording medium is loaded into a playback device that does not support the new version of the information recording medium.
  • JP 2010-262713 A Japanese Patent Publication “JP 2010-262713 A” (published on November 18, 2010)
  • Patent Document 1 assumes two versions: an information recording medium of the current version (first version) and a new version (second version) of information recording medium to be developed next. Only. That is, the manufacture of a new version of an information recording medium that can eliminate the possibility of malfunction in a playback device that does not support the new version of the information recording medium, and a data recording method or playback method corresponding thereto are disclosed. Only.
  • Patent Document 1 does not assume a third version information recording medium developed after the second version information recording medium. Therefore, in this technology, when the third version of the information recording medium is manufactured, the playback device (first playback device) manufactured so as to support only the first version of the information recording medium, or the second version There is a possibility that information recorded on the information recording medium of the third version may be read out in a reproducing apparatus (second reproducing apparatus) manufactured so as to support only the information recording medium. In this case, when a third version of the information recording medium is loaded in the first reproduction device and the second reproduction device, neither of the devices can disable the reproduction process for the information recording medium. Malfunction may occur in this device.
  • the present invention has been made in view of the above problems, and an object of the present invention is to realize an information recording medium and the like that can prevent malfunction of the apparatus due to a new version of the information recording medium. is there.
  • an information recording medium provides: (9, 5, 5) Among the types of information recording media having an address field subjected to error correction coding processing in the RS code and having the first version, the second version, and the third version, the type is An information recording medium as a third information recording medium which is a third version,
  • the information recording medium whose type is the first version is the first information recording medium
  • the information recording medium whose type is the second version is the second information recording medium
  • a deformation process is performed on at least three symbols out of nine symbols constituting the third address field of the third information recording medium corresponding to the first address field of the first information recording medium, Of the at least three symbols subjected to the deformation process on the third address field, at least one symbol constitutes the second address field of the second information recording medium corresponding to the one symbol.
  • the same deformation process as that for the symbol to be performed is performed, For at least three symbols different from the at least one symbol, (1) If the deformation process is not performed on the symbols constituting the second address field corresponding to any of the three symbols, the deformation process is performed, (2) When the deformation process is performed on the symbols corresponding to any of the three symbols and constituting the second address field, at least one of the deformation processes not being performed It is.
  • (A) is a figure which shows the example of a structure of an address field group
  • (b) is a figure which shows the example of a structure of address field "AF0" which is one of the address fields. It is a figure which shows the example of arrangement
  • the optical disc 100 (information recording medium, third information recording medium, Ver3.0 disc) has a type corresponding to the type of the optical disc in which the first version, the second version, and the third version exist. Refers to the third version of the optical disc.
  • the first version is the oldest version
  • the second version indicates a version that is newer than the first version
  • the third version is a newer version than the second version, that is, the newest version.
  • the first version to the third version may be three versions out of four or more versions.
  • the type of the optical disk is determined by which standard parameters (optical disk material, thickness, modulation method, recording capacity, etc.) are used in the optical disk, that is, to which standard the optical disk corresponds.
  • the standards are appropriately changed (upgraded) in order to increase the recording capacity, for example.
  • the information recording media of the first to third versions are Ver1.0 disc (first information recording medium), Ver2.0 disc (second information recording medium), and optical disc 100 (the present invention). In each of the embodiments).
  • the information recording media of the first to third versions may be various optical disks such as an optically readable disk, a magneto-optical disk, a phase change disk, or a magnetic disk.
  • FIG. 2 is a diagram showing a schematic configuration of the optical disc 100
  • FIG. 2A is a plan view showing a schematic configuration of the optical disc 100
  • FIG. 2B is a diagram showing each recording layer of the optical disc 100. As shown in FIG. It is a figure which shows the example of a structure.
  • a rewritable recording layer is called an RE (RE-writable) layer
  • a read-only recording layer is called a ROM (Read Only Memory) layer, which can be additionally recorded.
  • the recording layer is called an R (Recordable) layer.
  • the optical disc 100 includes a management area 101, an inner area 102, a user data area 103, and an outer area 104 in this order from the inner circumference side.
  • the management area 101 is provided only in the L0 layer as shown in FIG. 2B.
  • the management area 101 is not limited to this and may be provided in any recording layer. , It may be provided in all recording layers.
  • the management area 101 is an area provided in the innermost circumference of the optical disc 100 and the recording layer farthest from the reproduction light incident side, and is an area that does not require tracking control or a barcode-like area that can be accessed only by focus control. This is a recording area (management area recording area).
  • the recording / reproducing apparatus (for example, the recording / reproducing apparatus 1000 (see Embodiment 4) or the recording / reproducing apparatus 5000 (see Embodiment 5)) is designed to read information in the management area 101 when the optical disc 100 is inserted. Has been.
  • the management area 101 is an area in which information can be written only at the time of manufacture (that is, an area that cannot be rewritten). In the present embodiment, the management area 101 indicates a BCA (Burst ⁇ ⁇ Cutting ⁇ Area).
  • identification information indicating the structure of the optical disc 100 is mainly recorded.
  • Specific examples of the identification information include the type of recording layer of the optical disc 100 (read-only type, write once type, rewritable type), the size of the optical disc 100, the version of the optical disc 100 (related to speed, etc.), the polarity of the servo, and the recording mark. Examples include polarity and a number unique to the optical disc 100.
  • the recording order (or arrangement method) of each information in the management area 101 may be arbitrary. These recording orders are usually determined by standards and the like.
  • the inner area 102 is an area provided for each recording layer on the outer peripheral side of the management area 101 in the optical disc 100, and when the recording / reproducing apparatus performs processing on each layer, the reproducing light is first irradiated (firstly, A recording area from which information is read. Further, the inner area 102 is provided with an area where information can be written only from the inner circumference side of the optical disc 100 at the time of manufacture (that is, a non-rewritable area). In the case of a recordable type disc, the inner area 102 is further provided with an area where information can be rewritten after being inserted into the recording / reproducing apparatus (that is, a rewritable area).
  • the inner area 102 for example, standard conditions for recording / reproduction to / from the optical disc 100, information indicating permission / non-permission (access restriction) of access to the recording / reproducing apparatus for each layer, and the like are recorded.
  • the inner area 102 is further recorded with information indicating defects at the time of manufacture and positions of defects formed during use. Information indicating the position of the defect is recorded in a rewritable area of the inner area 102 and a defect management area in the outer area 104.
  • the rewritable area of the inner area 102 may be provided with a test write area used for test writing when setting recording / reproducing conditions of recording marks such as laser power during recording / reproducing. .
  • pre-recorded information information used for copy protection
  • the pre-recorded information is read-only information that cannot be rewritten.
  • the prerecorded information may be recorded in the management area 101.
  • the non-rewritable areas of the management area 101 and the inner area 102 are also referred to as PB zones (reproduction-only areas).
  • An area from the rewritable area to the outer area 104 in the inner area 102 is called an RW zone (recording / reproducing area).
  • the RW zone is an area where a recording mark is recorded or reproduced.
  • FIG. 2B shows the case where recording layers L0, L1,... Are referred to from the recording layer farthest from the reproducing light incident side, and when the recording layers L0 to L2 are all ROM layers (that is, three layers).
  • the structure of the optical disk 100 of (structure) is shown.
  • 2B shows a case where the recording layers L0, L1, and L2 are provided, but a configuration in which a recording layer is further provided on the reproducing light incident side may be used.
  • a management area 101, an inner area 102, a user data area 103, and an outer area 104 are provided in the recording layer L0 (ROM layer).
  • the recording layer L1 (ROM layer) and the recording layer L2 (ROM layer) are provided with an inner area 102, a user data area 103, and an outer area 104. Since the management area 101 and the inner area 102 have been described above, description thereof is omitted here.
  • the user data area 103 is an area in which various information such as an application such as an OS (Operating System) and contents are recorded (or recordable).
  • an application such as an OS (Operating System)
  • contents are recorded (or recordable).
  • applications and contents prepared by the disk supplier are recorded in advance.
  • the user data area 103 of the RE layer records content recorded by the user, application upgrade information, and the like by a recording / playback apparatus. Information is recorded.
  • the outer area 104 is usually provided on the outermost peripheral side of each layer of the optical disc 100, and information indicating the position of the defect described above is recorded. Further, the outer area 104 may be used as a buffer area for allowing overrun at the time of seek.
  • the optical disk 100 will be described as a three-layered disk including a ROM layer.
  • the present invention is not limited to this, and the optical disc 100 may have a single-layer structure or a configuration having a plurality of recording layers other than three layers.
  • a recording-only medium in which all recording layers are RE layers may be used.
  • an R layer may be provided instead of the RE layer, and at least two of a ROM layer, an RE layer, and an R layer may be provided as a recording layer.
  • the optical disc 100 is a third version optical disc.
  • the first and second version optical discs (Ver1.0 disc and Ver2.0 disc), which are versions older than the third version, have a structure and modulation method. Etc. are different.
  • the Ver1.0 disc may have a single-layer structure and the Ver2.0 disc may have a two-layer structure.
  • the Ver1.0 disc may have a two-layer structure, and the Ver2.0 disc may have a three-layer structure.
  • the modulation method of the Ver2.0 disc and the modulation method of the optical disc 100 may be different.
  • FIG. 3 is a diagram showing an example of the structure of the address unit numbers 111, 121, and 131
  • (a) is a diagram showing an example of the structure of the address unit number 111 recorded on the Ver1.0 disc
  • (b) These are diagrams showing an example of the structure of the address unit numbers 121 and 131 of the Ver2.0 disc and the optical disc 100 (Ver3.0 disc).
  • “AUN0” is the lowest symbol
  • “AUN3” is the highest symbol among the address unit numbers.
  • parities “Parity 0” is the least significant symbol and “Parity 3” is the most significant symbol.
  • the roles of the bits A0 to A31 constituting the address unit number 111 are as follows. • Bits A0 to A4 are 5 bits in the cluster.
  • a cluster is a data recording unit. In the case of a recordable type disk, the cluster is a unit constituting one RUB (recording unit block).
  • the 19 bits of bits A5 to A23 are the cluster address.
  • the 3 bits of bits A24 to A26 are a layer number (recording layer number). • Bits A27 to A31 are reserved.
  • the address unit number 121 of the Ver2.0 disc and the address unit number 131 of the optical disc 100 are each composed of 4 symbols and include “AUN0” to “A31” including bits A0 to A31.
  • AUN3 is formed.
  • the roles of the bits A0 to A31 constituting the address unit numbers 121 and 131 are as follows. • Bits A0 to A4 are 5 bits in the cluster. The 20 bits of bits A5 to A24 are a cluster address. The 3 bits of bits A25 to A27 are layer numbers. • Bits A28 to A31 are reserved.
  • the number of bits of the cluster address is 20 bits corresponding to the increase in the total number of clusters due to the increase in capacity.
  • the address unit number 121 of the Ver2.0 disc and the address unit number 131 of the optical disc 100 have been described as having the same structure, but they may have different structures.
  • the number of bits assigned to the cluster address of the address unit number 131 is increased more than the number of bits assigned to the cluster address of the address unit number 121. May be.
  • the roles of the bits A0 to A31 constituting the address unit number 131 may be set as follows. • Bits A0 to A4 are 5 bits in the cluster. • The 21 bits of bits A5 to A25 are cluster addresses. The 3 bits of bits A26 to A28 are a layer number. • Bits A29 to A31 are reserved.
  • FIG. 4A is a diagram illustrating a structure example of the address field groups 112, 122, and 132
  • FIG. 4B is an address field that is one of the address field groups 112, 122, and 132. It is a figure which shows the structural example of "AF0" (address field 112a, 122a, and 132a).
  • the structures of the address field groups 112, 122, and 132 are the same, and the structures of the address field 112a (first address field), the address field 122a (second address field), and the address field 132a (third address field) are also the same. They are the same as each other.
  • FIG. 4A shows an example in which the address fields 112a, 122a, and 132a are address fields “AF0” to “AF15”, respectively.
  • the configuration of each of the address fields “AF0” to “AF15” is as follows.
  • the address field “AF0” is composed of address field bytes “AF0,0” to “AF8,0”.
  • the address field “AF1” is composed of address field bytes “AF0,1” to “AF8,1”.
  • the address fields “AF2” to “AF15” are each composed of 9 bytes.
  • the structure of the 16 address fields “AF0” to “AF15” is the same.
  • one address field byte is 1 byte (1 symbol).
  • ECC encoding is performed in the address field unit of 9 bytes.
  • Each of the address fields 112a, 122a, and 132a includes address unit numbers 111, 121, and 131, flag bits, and parity, respectively. That is, the address field refers to address information indicating the address of data recorded on the optical disc (recording data) or data read from the optical disc (reproduction data), and the address in the recording / reproducing apparatus corresponding to the optical disc. It is a data group formed so as to include at least specific data that makes it possible to perform error correction by performing predetermined encoding and decoding on information.
  • the address unit number is the above address information. That is, the address unit number is data indicating an address assigned to the recording data or the reproduction data. Parity is the specific data. That is, the parity is data that enables error correction of the address field.
  • the flag bit is data indicating the recording state of the recording data. That is, information indicating a recording state of the recording data is recorded in the flag bit.
  • the flag bit may be a spare area in a read-only type disc.
  • the address unit is a data group composed of one of the address fields and the recording data or the reproduction data corresponding to the address information included in the address field.
  • FIG. 4B shows the address field “AF0”.
  • the address field bytes “AF0,0”, “AF1,0”, “AF2,0”, “AF3,0” of the address field “AF0” have address unit numbers “AUN3”, “AUN2”, “AUN1”, “AUN0” is assigned to each.
  • the flag bit is assigned to the address field byte “AF4, 0”.
  • Parity (Parity 3 to Parity 0) is assigned to the address field bytes “AF5, 0” to “AF8, 0”.
  • This error correction by ECC encoding in units of address fields has the ability to correct errors within 2 symbols by having 4 symbols in 9 symbols.
  • the error correction encoded data formed as the address fields 112a, 122a, and 132a are RS (9, 5, 5), code length 9, data 5, and distance 5 RS (Reed Solomon) code.
  • each of the Ver1.0 disc, the Ver2.0 disc, and the optical disc 100 includes address fields 112a, 122a, and 132a that have been subjected to error correction encoding processing on (9, 5, 5) RS code.
  • FIG. 5 shows an arrangement example of address fields in the main data block in which main data is recorded.
  • Information recorded by the phase change mark, the dye change mark or the emboss pit row on the track formed in each recording layer is referred to as “main data (user data)”.
  • one main data block is composed of 496 frames.
  • the address units “Address Unit“ 0 ”” to “Address Unit 15” are arranged in units of 31 frames.
  • each of address fields “AF0” to “AF15” consisting of 9 bytes (9 symbols) is stored in the main data block.
  • the address field bytes “AF0,0” to “AF8,0” (9 bytes in total) that constitute the address field “AF0” are composed of the first 31 frames of the first 31 frames of the main data block. It is arranged in 3 frames.
  • the address field bytes “AF0,1” to “AF8,1” constituting the address field “AF1” are arranged in the first three frames of the second 31 frames.
  • address fields “AF2” to “AF15” are arranged in the 31st frame to the 16th frame, respectively.
  • FIG. 1 is a diagram for explaining an example of an address field 132a recorded on the optical disc 100 according to the present embodiment.
  • each of the address fields 112a, 122a, and 132a includes four address unit numbers 111, 121, and 131, one symbol of flag bits, and four symbols of parity.
  • the deformation process for the address field 132a is performed during the error correction encoding process for the optical disc 100.
  • This transformation process is a process for generating address information different from normal address information.
  • the address information cannot be read unless the address information is restored in a recording / reproducing apparatus that can restore the normal address information.
  • this modification process there is a bit inversion process that inverts at least one of bits (original bits) constituting an address unit number indicating normal address information.
  • a bit inversion process that inverts at least one of the flag bits or the bits (original bits) constituting the parity if the process can be restored to normal address information in the recording / reproducing apparatus. There may be.
  • the transformation process includes arranging a plurality of bits constituting one symbol at a position different from a predetermined position (bit position of the original bit). For example, the arrangement (arrangement) of “A24” to “A31” constituting the address unit number “AUN3” shown in FIG. 3 is changed (rearranged) to “A31”, “A24” to “A30”. Is mentioned.
  • the deformation process is not performed on the address field 112a of the Ver1.0 disk.
  • the recording / reproducing apparatus first recording / reproducing apparatus, Ver1.0 drive
  • the Ver1.0 disc realizes the deformation process and the restoration process corresponding to the deformation process. Does not have the function of
  • deformation processing corresponding to the address field 122a of the Ver2.0 disc and the address field 132a of the optical disc 100 are performed. That is, the recording / reproducing apparatus (second recording / reproducing apparatus, Ver2.0 drive) manufactured so as to support only the Ver2.0 disc can perform data recording or data reproduction with respect to the Ver2.0 disc.
  • the address field 122a has a function for realizing the deformation process and the restoration process corresponding to the deformation process.
  • the recording / reproducing apparatuses 1000 and 5000 perform the above deformation process and a restoration process corresponding to the deformation process on the address field 132a so that at least data recording or data reproduction with respect to the optical disc 100 can be performed. It has a function to realize.
  • the above restoration processing refers to restoring the transformed bit to the original state and restoring it to the address field of the original state. For example, when bit inversion processing is performed as deformation processing, bit inversion processing is further performed on the inverted bits. Then, error correction decoding processing (error correction decoding) of the address information is performed for each address field configured by the restored address field bits.
  • the error correction encoding process of the address information is performed in units of address fields. This is because speed is required for encoding (address decoding) of address information. Therefore, the error correction capability of the address information depends on the error correction capability of the address fields 112a, 122a, 132a. As described above, the address fields 112a, 122a, and 132a have the ability to correct errors within 2 symbols.
  • the address field 132a is configured so that the first recording / reproducing apparatus and the second recording / reproducing apparatus cannot be reproduced. That is, in the first recording / reproducing apparatus and the second recording / reproducing apparatus, in order to disable the data reproduction on the optical disc 100, the decoding process (address decoding) on the address field 132a of the optical disc 100 is disabled and the data reproduction is performed. For this reason, it is only necessary to prevent access to a predetermined position. Therefore, the deformation process for the optical disc 100 described above is performed on the address field 132a. That is, a part of the address field 132a is transformed (bit inversion).
  • the above-described modification process for the Ver2.0 disc is performed on the address field 122a so that the first recording / reproducing apparatus cannot perform data reproduction with respect to the optical disc 100. . That is, a part of the address field 122a is deformed (bit inversion).
  • an optical disc 100 and a Ver 2.0 disc having address fields 132a and 122a as shown in FIG. 1 are formed.
  • an example of deformation processing performed mainly on the address field 132a of the optical disc 100 will be described.
  • At least 3 symbols out of 9 symbols constituting the address field 132a are subjected to transformation processing from the address field 112a of the corresponding Ver1.0 disc. In other words, deformation processing is performed on at least three symbols among the nine symbols constituting the address field 132a corresponding to the address field 112a.
  • the address field has an error correction capability of 2 symbols or less, and since the modification process (A) is performed, an error of 4 symbols occurs in the address field 112a. It has become. Therefore, the first recording / reproducing apparatus cannot correctly decode the address information (address unit numbers “AUN0” to “AUN3”). That is, when the first recording / reproducing apparatus performs the reproducing process or the recording process on the optical disc 100, the address information (address in data) cannot be properly read.
  • the first recording / reproducing apparatus cannot perform access (reproduction access) to a predetermined position of the optical disc 100, and the reproduction operation is started. Can be prevented. That is, the optical disc 100 can be set in a state in which it cannot be played back with respect to the first recording / playback apparatus.
  • the modification process for the at least one symbol (the address unit number “AUN0” and the parity “Parity3” in FIG. 1) and the restoration process for the modification process are performed.
  • the function to be performed can be shared between the recording / reproducing apparatuses 1000 and 5000 and the second recording / reproducing apparatus. Therefore, when the recording / reproducing apparatuses 1000 and 5000 are manufactured, the above-described function of the second recording / reproducing apparatus can be used, so that the manufacturing process of the recording / reproducing apparatuses 1000 and 5000 can be simplified and the manufacturing cost can be reduced.
  • the second recording / reproducing apparatus cannot correctly decode the address information (address unit numbers “AUN0” to “AUN3”). Therefore, as the deformation process is performed, the optical disc 100 can be made unreproducible with respect to the second recording / reproducing apparatus as in the case of the deformation process (A).
  • the above correspondences (A) to (C) are made to the address field 132a. That is, the optical disc 100 has the above-described configurations (A) to (C). Therefore, when the optical disk 100 is loaded in the first recording / reproducing apparatus and the second recording / reproducing apparatus, it is possible to prevent the reproducing process or the recording process from being performed on the optical disk 100 in these apparatuses. It is possible to prevent malfunction in the first recording / reproducing apparatus and the second recording / reproducing apparatus due to the above.
  • the address unit in the address field 122a corresponding to the one symbol.
  • the same deformation process as the deformation process for the number 121 is performed.
  • a deformation process is performed on.
  • the parity of the address field 132a is also subjected to transformation processing as in the case of the address unit number 131. That is, the transformation process is performed on the parity “Parity 3” and “Parity 1” of the optical disc 100.
  • both the address unit number 131 and the parity are subjected to transformation processing for two symbols. That is, the deformation process that is biased to either the address unit number 131 or the parity of the optical disc 100 is not performed, and the deformation process without bias is performed. Therefore, in the first recording / reproducing apparatus and the second recording / reproducing apparatus, it is possible to derive an uncorrectable state (address correction error) in each of the address unit number 131 and the parity of the optical disc 100 without deviation. Therefore, the malfunction in the first recording / reproducing apparatus and the second recording / reproducing apparatus due to the optical disc 100 can be surely prevented.
  • the deformation process is performed on at least three symbols among the nine symbols constituting the address field 122a corresponding to the address field 112a. More specifically, the two symbols constituting the address unit number 131 of the address field 122a corresponding to the address unit number 111 of the address field 112a are subjected to transformation processing and correspond to the parity of the address field 112a. The transformation process is performed on the two symbols constituting the parity of the address field 122a.
  • the optical disc 100 assuming that the deformation process for the address field 122a is performed, the deformation processes (A) to (C) are performed, so that a conventional malfunction can be prevented (Ver2. It is possible to provide the optical disc 100 capable of preventing the malfunction in the first recording / reproducing apparatus and the second recording / reproducing apparatus without changing the malfunction in the first recording / reproducing apparatus due to the zero disc.
  • the optical disc 100 has at least the configurations (A) to (C). It only has to be.
  • FIG. 6 is a diagram for explaining the modified example.
  • both the address unit number 131 and the parity are subjected to deformation processing (bit inversion processing) by two symbols.
  • deformation processing bit inversion processing
  • the deformation process is not performed with a bias on either the address unit number 131 or the parity, and the deformation process without a bias is performed.
  • the present invention is not limited to this configuration, and deformation processing that is biased to either the address unit number 131 or the parity may be performed. The same applies to Ver2.0 discs.
  • the transformation processing is not performed for the three symbols of the address unit numbers “AUN3” to “AUN1”, and other address unit numbers “AUN0”, flags For the bits “Flag bits” and the parities “Parity 3” to “Parity 0”, the deformation process may be performed on all nine symbols in the address field 132a of the optical disc 100. .
  • the address unit number 121 and the address unit number 131 at least three of the corresponding nine symbols are reversed with respect to each other, such that one is subjected to transformation processing and the other is not performed. It suffices if processing (reversal processing) is performed. Further, the inversion process as described above may be performed on the parity “Parity 3” to “Parity 0” side, and the symbols constituting the flag bits “Flag bits” may be the target of the inversion process.
  • the deformation process may be performed on any symbol in the address field 132a of the optical disc 100.
  • FIG. 7 is a diagram for explaining an example of the address field 132a recorded on the optical disc 100 according to the present embodiment.
  • the deformation process for the address field 132a of the optical disc 100 is performed so as to satisfy at least the above (A) to (C). Further, the deformation process for the Ver2.0 disc is the same as that in FIG.
  • the address unit number “AUN1” and the address unit number “AUN0” are subjected to the deformation processing among the address unit numbers 121 of the Ver2.0 disc.
  • the modification processing is performed on the address unit number “AUN0” which is the lowest symbol among the address unit numbers 131.
  • a symbol that has been subjected to the same transformation process as that for the address unit number 121 in the address field 122a corresponding to the address unit number 131 is the address unit number “ AUN0 ".
  • the address unit number “AUN0” is a symbol corresponding to the lowest symbol of the address unit numbers 121 of the Ver2.0 disc on which the deformation process is being performed.
  • the address in the first recording / reproducing apparatus, when it is determined whether the address has been correctly read based on whether the read address unit number has been incremented, the address can be correctly read from the lower symbols of the address unit number. I will judge.
  • the first recording / reproducing device Since the deformation process is performed on the address field 132a as described above, when the optical disc 100 is loaded in the first recording / reproducing device, the first recording / reproducing device reads the address unit number read from the optical disc 100. Since 131 cannot be incremented, error correction (address correction) of address information cannot be performed. Therefore, in the first recording / reproducing apparatus, the optical disc 100 is handled as an information recording medium that cannot be reproduced.
  • an address correction error can be more reliably derived in the first recording / reproducing apparatus, so that erroneous operation in the first recording / reproducing apparatus caused by the optical disc 100 can be reliably prevented. it can. Furthermore, malfunction in the first recording / reproducing apparatus due to the optical disc 100 can be prevented in the initial stage after the loading.
  • FIG. 8 is a diagram for explaining the modified example.
  • the deformation process is performed on the address field 132a of the optical disc 100 so as to satisfy at least the above (A) to (C). Further, the deformation process for the Ver2.0 disc is the same as that in FIG.
  • the deformation process is performed differently from the symbol of the address unit number 111 of the corresponding Ver1.0 disk.
  • the two symbols that have not undergone transformation processing on the address unit number 121 of the Ver2.0 disc are the address unit numbers “AUN3” and “AUN2”. That is, the lower symbol of the two symbols is the address unit number “AUN2”. Therefore, in the figure, the modification process is performed on the address unit number “AUN2” of the address unit numbers 131 of the optical disc 100.
  • the address unit number is incremented from the lower symbol, the value of the lower symbol changes before the upper symbol.
  • the deformation process is performed on the lower symbol (the address unit number “AUN2” in FIG. 9) that is not subjected to the deformation process in the Ver2.0 disk. Therefore, when the optical disc 100 according to the present embodiment is loaded in the second recording / reproducing device, the second recording / reproducing device detects more change in the value of the symbol than in the case of the Ver2.0 disc. Become.
  • the address unit number “AUN2” changes in value different from that when a Ver2.0 disc is loaded, and thus the address of the optical disc 100 cannot be corrected. Therefore, in the second recording / reproducing apparatus, the optical disc 100 is handled as an information recording medium that cannot be reproduced.
  • an address correction error can be more reliably derived in the second recording / reproducing apparatus, so that erroneous operation in the second recording / reproducing apparatus caused by the optical disc 100 can be reliably prevented. it can. Furthermore, malfunction in the second recording / reproducing apparatus due to the optical disc 100 can be prevented in the initial stage after the loading.
  • FIG. 10 is a functional block diagram showing the configuration of the recording / reproducing apparatus 1000 (reproducing apparatus) of the present embodiment.
  • the recording / reproducing apparatus 1000 is a recording / reproducing apparatus for the optical disc 100 as a Ver3.0 disc, and is connected to the AV system 20 provided outside.
  • the recording / reproducing apparatus 1000 includes a spindle motor 2, a thread mechanism 3, a matrix circuit 4, a reader / writer circuit 5, a modulation / demodulation circuit 6, an ECC encoder / decoder 7 (error correction decoding unit), a wobble circuit 8, an address decoder 9, and a system controller. 10, a servo circuit 11, a spindle servo circuit 12, and a laser driver 13.
  • the recording / reproducing apparatus 1000 executes processes S1 to S6 shown in the flowchart of FIG. 11 to be described later at the time of recording (data recording) on the optical disc 100. Further, the recording / reproducing apparatus 1000 executes processes S11 to S15 shown in the flowchart of FIG. 12 to be described later during reproduction (data reproduction) with respect to the optical disc 100.
  • the optical disc 100 is loaded on a turntable (not shown).
  • the spindle motor 2 rotationally drives the optical disc 100 at a constant linear velocity (Constant Linear Velocity, CLV) during recording or reproduction with respect to the optical disc 100.
  • CLV Constant Linear Velocity
  • the optical pickup 1 reads out information such as user data and addresses in the data from a track formed by an emboss pit row on the optical disc 100.
  • the optical pickup 1 reads out ADIP (Address In Pre-groove) information embedded as wobbling of the groove track on the optical disc 100.
  • ADIP Address In Pre-groove
  • the optical pickup 1 records the main data on the track as a phase change mark or a dye change mark.
  • the optical pickup 1 reads marks (user data, addresses in the data, etc.) recorded by the optical pickup 1 at the time of recording from the track.
  • the optical pickup 1 includes (i) a laser diode as a laser light source, (ii) a photodetector for detecting reflected light formed by a plurality of light receiving elements, and (iii) an output end of the laser light.
  • An objective lens or the like is provided.
  • laser light is irradiated onto the recording surface of the optical disc 100 through the objective lens, and the reflected light generated by the reflection of the laser light on the recording surface is guided to the photodetector.
  • a system (not shown) is formed.
  • the laser diode outputs a blue laser having a wavelength near 405 nm.
  • the numerical aperture (Numerical Aperture, NA) by the above-described optical system is about 0.85. Note that the wavelength and numerical aperture are not limited to this, and may be any wavelength and numerical aperture defined by the type or type (version) of the optical disc 100.
  • the objective lens is held movably in both the tracking direction and the focus direction by a biaxial mechanism.
  • the entire optical pickup 1 is configured to be movable in the disk radial direction by the thread mechanism 3.
  • the laser driver 13 gives a drive signal (drive current) to the laser diode provided in the optical pickup 1 to control the light emitting operation of the laser diode.
  • Reflected light information indicating the amount of reflected light from the optical disc 100 is detected by a photodetector provided inside the optical pickup 1.
  • the reflected light information is supplied to the matrix circuit 4 after being converted into an electrical signal (ie, output current) corresponding to the amount of received light by the photodetector.
  • the matrix circuit 4 includes a current-voltage conversion circuit that converts an output current from the photodetector into a voltage, a matrix calculation / amplification circuit, and the like.
  • the matrix circuit 4 generates necessary signals by matrix calculation processing.
  • the matrix circuit 4 generates, for example, a high frequency signal (reproduction data signal) corresponding to reproduction data, a focus error signal for servo control, a tracking error signal, and the like.
  • the matrix circuit 4 further generates a push-pull signal as a signal related to the wobbling of the groove, that is, a signal for detecting wobbling.
  • the matrix circuit 4 gives (i) a reproduction data signal to the reader / writer circuit 5, (ii) a focus error signal and a tracking error signal to the servo circuit 11, and (iii) a push-pull signal to the wobble circuit 8, respectively.
  • the reader / writer circuit 5 reproduces the data read by the optical pickup 1 by performing processing such as binarization processing and reproduction clock generation processing by PLL on the reproduction data signal.
  • the reader / writer circuit 5 gives the reproduced data to the modulation / demodulation circuit 6.
  • the modulation / demodulation circuit 6 includes a functional part as a decoder during reproduction and a functional part as an encoder during recording.
  • the modulation / demodulation circuit 6 performs a demodulation process on the RLL (1, 7) PP modulation based on the reproduction clock as a decoding process at the time of reproduction.
  • the modulation method is not limited to this, and a modulation method such as 8/16 modulation or (2,7) RLL modulation may be used.
  • the ECC encoder / decoder 7 performs an ECC encoding process for adding an error correction code during recording and an ECC decoding (error correction decoding) process for performing error correction during reproduction.
  • the ECC encoder / decoder 7 obtains reproduced data by reproducing the data demodulated by the modulation / demodulation circuit 6 into an internal memory and performing processing such as error detection / correction processing and deinterleaving during reproduction.
  • the ECC encoder / decoder 7 reads the data decoded to the reproduction data based on the instruction of the system controller 10. Then, the ECC encoder / decoder 7 transfers the reproduction data to an AV (Audio-Visual) system 20 based on an instruction from the system controller 10.
  • AV Audio-Visual
  • the ECC encoder / decoder 7 gives the decoded in-data address (address unit numbers “AUN0” to “AUN3”) to the system controller 10.
  • the system controller 10 uses the decoded in-data address for access processing or the like.
  • the wobble circuit 8 processes the push-pull signal output from the matrix circuit 4 as a signal related to groove wobbling.
  • the wobble circuit 8 demodulates the push-pull signal as ADIP information by MSK (Minimum Shift Keying) demodulation / STW (Saw Tooth Wobble) demodulation.
  • MSK Minimum Shift Keying
  • STW Scw Tooth Wobble
  • the address decoder 9 decodes the given data to obtain an address value.
  • the address decoder 9 gives an address value to the system controller 10.
  • the address decoder 9 generates a clock by PLL processing using the wobble signal given from the wobble circuit 8.
  • the address decoder 9 supplies a clock to each unit as an encoding clock at the time of recording.
  • recording data is transferred from the AV system 20 to the ECC encoder / decoder 7.
  • the ECC encoder / decoder 7 sends recording data to a memory provided therein, and buffers the recording data.
  • the ECC encoder / decoder 7 performs error correction code addition, interleaving, sub-code addition, and the like as encoding processing for the buffered recording data.
  • the data encoded by the ECC encoder / decoder 7 is given to the modulation / demodulation circuit 6.
  • the modulation / demodulation circuit 6 performs RLL (1, 7) PP modulation on the encoded data, and supplies the modulated data to the reader / writer circuit 5.
  • the clock generated from the wobble signal is used as the reference clock for the encoding process during recording.
  • the reader / writer circuit 5 performs fine adjustment of the optimum recording power with respect to the characteristics of the recording layer, the spot shape of the laser beam, the recording linear velocity, and the adjustment of the laser pulse waveform as the recording compensation process for the recording data generated by the encoding process. Etc.
  • the reader / writer circuit 5 gives a laser pulse to the laser driver 13 after performing the recording compensation process.
  • the laser driver 13 applies a laser pulse to a laser diode provided inside the optical pickup 1 to control the light emission operation of the laser. Thereby, a mark corresponding to the recording data is formed on the optical disc 100.
  • the laser driver 13 includes an APC (Auto Power Control) circuit, and monitors the laser output power based on the output of a laser power monitoring detector provided in the optical pickup 1, and the laser output is a temperature. Control so as to be constant regardless of the like.
  • the target value of the laser output at the time of recording and reproduction is given from the system controller 10 to the laser driver 13.
  • the laser driver 13 performs control so that the respective laser output levels coincide with the target values during recording and reproduction.
  • the servo circuit 11 generates various servo drive signals for focus, tracking, and sled according to the focus error signal and tracking error signal given from the matrix circuit 4, and executes the servo operation.
  • the servo circuit 11 generates a focus drive signal and a tracking drive signal according to the focus error signal and the tracking error signal, and drives the focus coil and tracking coil of the biaxial mechanism provided in the optical pickup 1. .
  • a tracking servo loop and a focus servo loop are formed by the optical pickup 1, the matrix circuit 4, the servo circuit 11, and the biaxial mechanism.
  • the servo circuit 11 executes a track jump operation by turning off the tracking servo loop and outputting a jump drive signal in response to a track jump command from the system controller 10.
  • the servo circuit 11 generates a thread drive signal based on the thread error signal obtained as a low frequency component of the tracking error signal and access execution control from the system controller 10 and drives the thread mechanism 3.
  • the sled mechanism 3 has a mechanism constituted by a main shaft that holds the optical pickup 1, a sled motor, a transmission gear, and the like.
  • the optical pickup 1 is slid by driving a sled motor in accordance with a sled drive signal.
  • the spindle servo circuit 12 performs control for rotating the spindle motor 2 at CLV.
  • the spindle servo circuit 12 acquires the clock generated by the PLL process for the wobble signal as the current rotation speed information of the spindle motor 2.
  • the spindle servo circuit 12 compares the rotational speed information with predetermined CLV reference speed information, and generates a spindle error signal.
  • a reproduction clock (clock serving as a reference for decoding processing) generated by a PLL provided in the reader / writer circuit 5 becomes the current rotation speed information of the spindle motor 2. Accordingly, the spindle error signal can be generated by comparing the recovered clock with predetermined CLV reference speed information.
  • the spindle servo circuit 12 outputs a spindle drive signal generated according to the spindle error signal, and operates the spindle motor 2 so as to perform CLV rotation.
  • the spindle servo circuit 12 generates a spindle drive signal in response to a spindle kick / brake control signal given from the system controller 10 and performs various operations such as starting, stopping, accelerating, and decelerating the spindle motor 2. Control.
  • a system controller 10 formed by a microcomputer or the like.
  • the system controller 10 moves the optical pickup 1 to an address to be written.
  • the system controller 10 causes the ECC encoder / decoder 7 and the modulation / demodulation circuit 6 to perform the above-described encoding process on the data transferred from the AV system 20 (for example, video data of various systems such as MPEG2 and audio data). .
  • the laser pulse from the reader / writer circuit 5 is given to the laser driver 13 to perform recording.
  • the system controller 10 seeks for the designated address. Perform motion control. That is, the system controller 10 issues a command to the servo circuit 11 to cause the optical pickup 1 to perform an access operation targeting the address designated by the seek command.
  • system controller 10 performs operation control necessary for transferring the data in the designated data section to the AV system 20.
  • the system controller 10 controls the operations of the reader / writer circuit 5, the modulation / demodulation circuit 6, and the ECC encoder / decoder 7 to read data from the optical disc 100, execute decoding / buffering, etc. Forward.
  • the system controller 10 controls the access to a predetermined position and the recording / reproducing operation using the address in the data obtained by the ECC encoder / decoder 7 at the time of data recording / reproducing.
  • the address in the data can be appropriately read during recording or reproduction with respect to the optical disc 100. Accordingly, it is possible to perform proper reproduction and recording operations on the optical disc 100. The details of each operation during recording or reproduction with respect to the optical disc 100 will be described later.
  • the recording / reproducing apparatus 1000 is connected to the AV system 20, but the target to which the recording / reproducing apparatus 1000 is connected is not limited to the AV system 20.
  • the recording / reproducing apparatus 1000 may be connected to a personal computer or the like.
  • the recording / reproducing apparatus 1000 may be configured not to be connected to other devices.
  • the recording / reproducing apparatus 1000 is provided with an operation unit, a display unit, and the like, and the configuration of the interface portion for data input / output is different from the configuration shown in FIG. That is, the recording / reproducing apparatus 1000 performs recording or reproduction according to a user's operation, and forms a terminal unit for inputting / outputting various data.
  • the recording / reproducing apparatus 1000 may be configured as, for example, a recording-only apparatus or a reproduction-only apparatus.
  • FIG. 11 is a flowchart showing an example of the flow of a recording operation for the optical disc 100 as a Ver3.0 disc in the recording / reproducing apparatus 1000.
  • the optical disc 100 on which the deformation process shown in FIG. 1 is performed will be described as an example.
  • the ECC encoder / decoder 7 generates address unit numbers “AUN0” to “AUN3” and flag data (flag bits “Flag Bits”) to be recorded for recording the in-data addresses on the optical disc 100 (processing S1). . Subsequently, the ECC encoder / decoder 7 performs ECC encoding (processing S2).
  • the ECC encoder / decoder 7 uses four symbol parity (“Parity 0” to “Parity 3” for five symbols including four address unit numbers “AUN0” to “AUN3” and one flag data. )). Then, the ECC encoder / decoder 7 performs bit inversion processing on the four symbols of the address unit number “AUN2”, the address unit number “AUN0”, the parity “Parity ⁇ 3 ”, and the parity“ Parity ⁇ 1” as deformation processing for the symbols ( Process S3).
  • the ECC encoder / decoder 7 forms an address field 132a as an ECC encoding block for various symbols including the symbol after the bit inversion processing (processing S4). That is, the ECC encoder / decoder 7 forms an address field 132a by allocating address field bytes to the address unit number 131, flag data, and parity subjected to bit inversion processing.
  • the ECC encoder / decoder 7 gives an address field 132a as an ECC encoding block to the modulation / demodulation circuit 6.
  • the modem circuit 6 generates a modulated signal by performing RLL (1, 7) PP modulation on the address field 132a (processing S5).
  • the reader / writer circuit 5 gives a laser pulse to the laser driver 13 after performing a recording compensation process.
  • the laser driver 13 drives a laser diode provided inside the optical pickup 1 based on the laser pulse, whereby data is recorded on the optical disc 100 (processing S6).
  • the above-described processes S1 to S6 are performed by the recording / reproducing apparatus 1000 which is a recording / reproducing apparatus corresponding to the Ver3.0 disc.
  • the recording / reproducing apparatus 1000 which is a recording / reproducing apparatus corresponding to the Ver3.0 disc.
  • the optical disc 100 is a recordable type
  • the above-described processing relating to the address is performed during recording in the recording / reproducing apparatus 1000.
  • a mastering device 700 (see FIG. 13 described later) described later is a recording device corresponding to the recording / reproducing device 1000.
  • FIG. 12 is a flowchart showing an example of the flow of processing of the reproducing operation for the optical disc 100 as the Ver3.0 disc in the recording / reproducing apparatus 1000.
  • the optical disk 100 on which the deformation process shown in FIG. 1 is performed will be described as an example.
  • Processes S11 to S15 are examples of processes when the optical disk 100 on which address recording has been performed by the above-described processes S1 to S6 is reproduced by the recording / reproducing apparatus 1000 (that is, a recording / reproducing apparatus corresponding to a Ver3.0 disk). is there.
  • the ECC encoder / decoder 7 demodulates the information read from the optical disc 100 via the matrix circuit 4, the reader / writer circuit 5, and the modem circuit 6 (processing S11).
  • the ECC encoder / decoder 7 acquires data of each address field byte constituting the address fields “AF0” to “AF15”. However, the bit inversion process is performed on the data of the predetermined address field byte by the deformation process for the symbol in the process S3 during the recording operation.
  • the ECC encoder / decoder 7 performs a restoration process on the symbol.
  • the ECC encoder / decoder 7 includes, for example, an address unit number “AUN2”, an address unit number “AUN0”, a parity “Parity 3”, among 9 symbols constituting the address field 132a, Bit inversion processing is performed for the four symbols of the parity “Parity 1” (processing S12).
  • the ECC encoder / decoder 7 After the restoration process for the symbol in process S12, the ECC encoder / decoder 7 forms the original address field data (process S13). That is, the ECC encoder / decoder 7 obtains an address field 132a before the transformation process shown in the process S3 by performing a restoration process for the process S12. Then, the ECC encoder / decoder 7 performs ECC decoding (processing S14).
  • step S14 the ECC encoder / decoder 7 correctly decodes the address information (address unit numbers “AUN0” to “AUN3”).
  • the decoded address information is given from the ECC encoder / decoder 7 to the system controller 10 (processing S15).
  • the ECC encoder / decoder 7 restores the symbol subjected to the deformation process to the original state in the address field 132a recorded on the optical disc 100, and performs the ECC decoding process. For this reason, the recording / reproducing apparatus 1000 can correct at least the address field of the optical disc 100 and perform at least data reproduction. That is, the recording / reproducing apparatus 1000 can at least reproduce data from the optical disc 100 (that is, a Ver3.0 disc) that cannot be reproduced by the first recording / reproducing device and the second recording / reproducing device.
  • the optical disc 100 that is, a Ver3.0 disc
  • steps S16 to S19 In the case of a recording / reproducing apparatus corresponding to a Ver 2.0 disc
  • the optical disc 100 on which address recording has been performed by the above-described steps S1 to S6 is performed on the second recording / reproducing device corresponding to the Ver 2.0 disc (that is, a recording / reproducing device different from the recording / reproducing device 1000) )
  • processing S11 which is the step before the processing S16, is the same as the processing by the recording / reproducing apparatus 1000 described above, and thus the description thereof is omitted.
  • the ECC encoder / decoder provided in the second recording / reproducing apparatus performs a restoration process on the symbol. Taking the case of FIG. 1 as an example, the ECC encoder / decoder, for example, out of 9 symbols constituting the address field 132a, address unit number “AUN1”, address unit number “AUN0”, parity “Parity ⁇ 3 ”, parity Bit inversion processing is performed for the four symbols “Parity 2” (processing S16).
  • the ECC encoder / decoder forms the original address field data (process S17).
  • address unit number “AUN2”, address unit number “AUN0”, parity “Parity 3”, parity “Parity“ 3 ”) is generated by the transformation process on the symbol in the process S3 at the time of recording.
  • Bit field inversion processing is applied to an address field byte corresponding to “Parity 1”.
  • the ECC encoder / decoder performs ECC decoding. That is, ECC decoding is performed on the data of each address field byte subjected to the above bit inversion processing (address unit number “AUN2”, address unit number “AUN0”, parity “Parity 3”, parity “Parity 1”). Is performed (step S18).
  • the address field “AF0”, the address unit number “AUN2”, the address unit number “AUN0”, the parity “ParityPar3”, and the address field bytes corresponding to the parity “Parity 1” “AF1, 0”, “AF3” , 0 ”,“ AF5, 0 ”, and“ AF7, 0 ” are symbol values that have been subjected to transformation processing by bit inversion processing.
  • the address field has an error correction capability of 2 symbols or less as described above. In this case, an error of 4 symbols occurs in the address field 132a.
  • step S18 the address information (address unit numbers “AUN0” to “AUN3”) is not correctly decoded by the ECC encoder / decoder.
  • the error correction result is “DF” (Decode Failure: error correction failure) (processing S19).
  • the second recording / reproducing apparatus cannot properly read the address in the data when reproducing the optical disc 100 as the Ver3.0 disc.
  • the second recording / reproducing apparatus cannot appropriately perform reproduction access to the optical disc 100, and the reproduction operation is not started. In other words, the Ver3.0 disc cannot be played back by the second recording / playback apparatus.
  • Step S20 to S22 In the case of a recording / reproducing apparatus corresponding to a Ver1.0 disc, the optical disc 100 on which address recording has been performed by the above-described steps S1 to S6 is performed on the first recording / reproducing device corresponding to the Ver1.0 disc (that is, a recording / reproducing device different from the recording / reproducing device 1000). ) Is an example of processing in the case of playback by (Ver1.0 compatible playback device).
  • processing S11 which is the step before the processing S20, is the same as the processing performed by the recording / reproducing apparatus 1000 described above, and a description thereof will be omitted.
  • the ECC encoder / decoder provided in the first recording / reproducing apparatus forms the data of the original address field (process S20).
  • the ECC encoder / decoder performs ECC decoding. That is, data of each address field byte subjected to the above bit inversion processing (address field byte corresponding to address unit number “AUN2”, address unit number “AUN0”, parity “Parity 3”, parity “Parity 1”) In contrast, ECC decoding is performed (step S21).
  • the address field “AF0”, the address unit number “AUN2”, the address unit number “AUN0”, the parity “ParityPar3”, and the address field bytes corresponding to the parity “Parity 1” “AF1, 0”, “AF3” , 0 ”,“ AF5, 0 ”, and“ AF7, 0 ” are symbol values that have been subjected to transformation processing by bit inversion processing.
  • the address field has an error correction capability of 2 symbols or less as described above. In this case, an error of 4 symbols occurs in the address field 132a.
  • the address information (address unit numbers “AUN0” to “AUN3”) is not correctly decoded by the ECC encoder / decoder.
  • the error correction result is “DF” (processing S22).
  • the first recording / reproducing apparatus cannot properly read the address in the data when reproducing the optical disc 100 as the Ver3.0 disc.
  • the first recording / reproducing apparatus cannot appropriately perform reproduction access and recording access to the optical disc 100, and the reproduction operation is not started. In other words, the Ver3.0 disc cannot be played back by the first recording / playback apparatus.
  • the recording / reproducing apparatus 1000 of this embodiment is a recording / reproducing apparatus corresponding to the optical disc 100 that is at least unreproducible in the first recording / reproducing apparatus and the second recording / reproducing apparatus. That is, it can be said that the recording / reproducing apparatus 1000 is a recording / reproducing apparatus for Ver3.0 disc.
  • bit inversion processing is performed for 4 symbols out of 9 symbols constituting the address field 132a in the processing S3.
  • the correction capability of the address field is less than 3 symbol errors. Accordingly, in the process S3, the bit inversion process may be performed on at least three symbols or more.
  • the manufacturing process of the optical disc 100 is roughly divided into a master disc process (mastering process) and a disc forming process (replication process).
  • the master disc process is a process until a metal master disc (stamper) used in the disc making process is completed.
  • the disc forming step is a process for mass-producing the optical disc 100 that is a duplicate of the disc using a stamper.
  • the master disk process is a process in which a photoresist is applied to a polished glass substrate, and then cutting is performed to form pits or grooves on the photosensitive film by exposure with a laser beam.
  • groove cutting by wobbling based on pre-recorded information is performed in a portion corresponding to the PB zone of the optical disc 100. Further, in the portion corresponding to the RW zone of the optical disc 100, the groove is cut by wobbling based on the ADIP address.
  • the pre-recorded information to be recorded is prepared in a preparation process called pre-mastering.
  • the final product that is, the optical disc 100
  • processing such as processing into a necessary disc shape.
  • FIG. 13 is a functional block diagram showing the configuration of the mastering apparatus 700 of this embodiment.
  • the mastering apparatus 700 functions as a recording apparatus corresponding to the recording / reproducing apparatus 1000 when the optical disk 100 is a reproduction-only type disk.
  • the mastering device 700 includes a prerecorded information generation unit 71, an address generation unit 72, a switching unit 73, a cutting unit 74, and a system controller 70.
  • the prerecorded information generating unit 71 outputs prerecorded information prepared in the premastering process.
  • the address generator 72 sequentially outputs address values as absolute addresses.
  • the switching unit 73 is a switch that switches between a connection state between the pre-recorded information generation unit 71 and the cutting unit 74 and a connection state between the address generation unit 72 and the cutting unit 74.
  • the cutting unit 74 includes a laser light source 82, a modulation unit 83, and a cutting head unit 84 as optical units that perform cutting by irradiating the glass substrate 110 coated with an inorganic resist or the like with a laser beam.
  • the cutting unit 74 further includes (i) a signal processing unit 81 that converts input data into recording data and supplies the recording data to the optical unit, and (ii) a substrate rotation / transfer unit that rotationally drives and slides the glass substrate 110. 85, and (iii) a sensor 86 that determines whether the cutting position is in the PB zone or the RW zone from the position of the substrate rotation / transfer section 85.
  • the modulator 83 modulates the light emitted from the laser light source 82 based on the recording data.
  • the modulation unit 83 includes an acousto-optic light modulator that turns on and off the light emitted from the laser light source 82 and an acousto-optic light deflector that deflects the light emitted from the laser light source 82 based on the wobble generation signal. And are provided.
  • the cutting head unit 84 condenses the modulated beam from the modulation unit 83 and irradiates the photoresist surface of the glass substrate 110.
  • the substrate rotation / transfer unit 85 includes (i) a rotation motor that rotates the glass substrate 110, (ii) a detection unit that detects the rotation speed of the rotation motor, (iii) a slide motor that slides the glass substrate 110 in the radial direction, iv) a servo controller that controls the rotational speed of the rotary motor, the rotational speed of the slide motor, the tracking of the cutting head unit 84, and the like.
  • the signal processing unit 81 adds an error correction code or the like to the prerecorded information or address information supplied via the switching unit 73 to form input data, and the formatting processing data Processing such as modulation signal generation processing for performing a predetermined arithmetic processing to form a modulation signal is performed.
  • the signal processing unit 81 also performs drive processing for driving the optical modulator and the optical deflector of the modulation unit 83 based on the modulation signal.
  • the cutting unit 74 slides the glass substrate 110 so that a spiral track is formed on the optical disc at a predetermined track pitch, while the substrate rotation / transfer unit 85 drives the glass substrate 110 to CLV rotation at the time of cutting.
  • the emitted light from the laser light source 82 is modulated with a modulated beam based on the modulation signal from the signal processing unit 81 via the modulation unit 83.
  • the modulated beam is applied to the photoresist surface of the glass substrate 110 from the cutting head portion 84, and as a result, the photoresist is exposed based on the data or the groove.
  • the system controller 70 controls the operation of the cutting unit 74 at the time of cutting. In addition, the system controller 70 controls the prerecorded information generation unit 71, the address generation unit 72, and the switching unit 73 while monitoring the signal from the sensor 86.
  • the system controller 70 sets the slide position of the substrate rotation / transfer unit 85 to the initial position so that the cutting head unit 84 starts laser irradiation from the innermost side of the optical disc 100 at the start of cutting. Then, the system controller 70 causes the substrate rotation / transfer unit 85 to start slide transfer for forming the CLV rotation drive of the glass substrate 110 and the groove having a predetermined track pitch.
  • the system controller 70 causes the prerecorded information generating unit 71 to output the prerecorded information.
  • the prerecorded information is given from the prerecorded information generating unit 71 to the signal processing unit 81 via the switching unit 73.
  • the system controller 70 causes the laser light source 82 to start laser output, and causes the modulation unit 83 to modulate the laser beam based on the modulation signal from the signal processing unit 81 (that is, the FM code modulation signal of the prerecorded information). .
  • the system controller 70 causes the groove cutting to be performed on the glass substrate 110. Therefore, groove cutting is performed in an area corresponding to the PB zone of the optical disc 100.
  • the system controller 70 When the system controller 70 detects from the signal from the sensor 86 that the cutting operation has proceeded to a position corresponding to the PB zone, the system controller 70 switches the switching unit 73 to the address generation unit 72 side and sets an address value to the address generation unit 72. Commands to be generated sequentially.
  • address information is given from the address generator 72 to the signal processor 81 via the switching unit 73.
  • the laser light from the laser light source 82 is modulated in the modulation unit 83 based on the modulation signal from the signal processing unit 81 (that is, the modulation signal of address information). Groove cutting on the glass substrate 110 is performed by the modulated laser light.
  • the groove is cut in the area corresponding to the RW zone of the optical disc 100.
  • the system controller 70 When the system controller 70 detects from the signal of the sensor 86 that the cutting operation has reached the end of the outer zone (RW zone), the system controller 70 ends the cutting operation in the cutting unit 74.
  • the glass substrate 110 thereby, on the glass substrate 110, exposed portions corresponding to the wobbling grooves are formed as the PB zone and the RW zone. Thereafter, development, electroforming, and the like are performed, and a stamper is generated. Then, the optical disc 100 is produced using the stamper.
  • the mastering device 700 in the case of assuming a reproduction-only type disc exposes a pit row, not a wobbling groove.
  • the laser light from the laser light source 82 is modulated according to the encoded address information and user data.
  • a user data generation unit is provided instead of the prerecorded information generation unit 71.
  • the signal processing unit 81 performs ECC encoding on the address information (address unit number) from the user data generation unit and the address generation unit 72. At this time, the processes S2 to S5 shown in FIG. 11 are performed.
  • the pit row exposure of the master for producing the optical disc 100 as the Ver3.0 disc is performed. Thereafter, development, stamper manufacture, substrate creation, recording, and formation of layers such as a cover layer are performed, whereby the optical disc 100 is produced.
  • the recording / reproducing apparatus 1000 of this embodiment is applied to the optical disc 100 produced through the above-described steps.
  • FIG. 14 is a functional block diagram showing the configuration of the recording / reproducing apparatus 5000 (reproducing apparatus) of this embodiment.
  • the recording / reproducing apparatus 5000 is a recording / reproducing apparatus capable of reproducing not only the optical disc 100 (that is, the Ver 3.0 disc) but also the Ver 2.0 disc and the Ver 1.0 disc, and the AV system 20 provided outside. It is connected to the.
  • the recording / reproducing apparatus 5000 of the present embodiment has a configuration in which an address setting change unit 51 (setting selection unit) and a correctability determination unit 52 (determination unit) are further added to the recording / reproducing apparatus 1000 of the fourth embodiment.
  • the other members of the recording / reproducing apparatus 5000 of the present embodiment are the same as those of the recording / reproducing apparatus 1000 of the fourth embodiment, and thus the same reference numerals are given and description thereof is omitted.
  • the recording / reproducing apparatus 5000 executes processes S31 to S38 shown in the flowchart of FIG. 15 to be described later when reproducing with respect to the optical disc (for example, the optical disc 100).
  • the address setting changing unit 51 gives an instruction to change the setting of address processing to the ECC encoder / decoder 7 (error correction decoding unit). That is, the ECC encoder / decoder 7 sets the Ver1.0 disk setting (first setting), the Ver2.0 disk setting (second setting), or the Ver3.0 disk in accordance with a command from the address setting changing unit 51. It operates based on any one of the address processing settings among the settings for the optical disk 100 (third setting).
  • the ECC encoder / decoder 7 when the Ver1.0 disc setting is made, performs, for example, processes S11 and S20 to S21 performed by the ECC encoder / decoder of the first recording / reproducing apparatus. That is, the ECC encoder / decoder 7 performs ECC decoding (first error correction decoding) performed on the address field 112a.
  • the ECC encoder / decoder 7 performs, for example, processes S11 and S16 to S18 performed by the ECC encoder / decoder of the second recording / reproducing apparatus.
  • the ECC encoder / decoder 7 performs ECC decoding (second error correction decoding) performed on the address field 122a.
  • the ECC encoder / decoder 7 performs the processes S11 to S14 performed by the ECC encoder / decoder 7 of the recording / reproducing apparatus 1000, for example.
  • the ECC encoder / decoder 7 performs ECC decoding (third error correction decoding) performed on the address field 132a.
  • the address setting changing unit 51 selects a setting for causing the ECC encoder / decoder 7 to perform error correction decoding corresponding to each optical disc.
  • the correctability determination unit 52 determines whether or not the address information (address unit numbers “AUN0” to “AUN3”) is correctly decoded by ECC decoding in the ECC encoder / decoder 7. Then, the correctability determination unit 52 generates determination result information indicating the above determination result, and provides the determination result information to the system controller 10. That is, the correctability determination unit 52 determines whether or not ECC decoding has been normally performed according to the setting selected by the address setting change unit 51.
  • the system controller 10 controls each unit included in the recording / reproducing apparatus 5000 to reproduce data from the optical disc.
  • the system controller 10 issues a command to the address setting changing unit 51 to change the address processing setting of the ECC encoder / decoder 7. . That is, the address setting changing unit 51 changes the setting to the address processing setting different from the selected address processing setting when the correctability determination unit 52 determines that the ECC decoding has not been performed normally.
  • the ECC encoder / decoder 7 performs ECC decoding again after the address setting changing unit 51 changes the address processing setting.
  • the correction availability determination unit 52 performs the recording. Reproduction error information indicating that the optical disk cannot be reproduced by the reproducing apparatus 5000 is given to the system controller 10.
  • the system controller 10 gives reproduction error information to a separately provided display unit (not shown), and causes the display unit to display the reproduction error information.
  • the display unit may be provided in the AV system 20 or may be provided in the recording / reproducing apparatus 5000.
  • FIG. 15 is a flowchart showing an example of the flow of processing of the reproducing operation for the optical disc (for example, the optical disc 100) in the recording / reproducing apparatus 5000.
  • Processes S31 to S38 are an example of a process for reproducing an optical disc after the recording / reproducing apparatus 5000 determines the type of the optical disc.
  • the address setting changing unit 51 instructs the ECC encoder / decoder 7 to change the address processing setting of the ECC encoder / decoder 7 to the Ver1.0 disk setting (processing S31).
  • the ECC encoder / decoder 7 operates based on the Ver1.0 disk setting.
  • the ECC encoder / decoder 7 performs ECC decoding on the address information.
  • the correctability determination unit 52 determines whether or not the address information is correctly decoded by ECC decoding based on the Ver1.0 disk setting (processing S32). Then, the correctability determination unit 52 generates determination result information and gives it to the system controller 10.
  • the system controller 10 controls each unit included in the recording / reproducing device 5000 to reproduce data from the optical disc (process S38). ).
  • step S32 the system controller 10 issues a command to the address setting changing unit 51, and the address processing of the ECC encoder / decoder 7 is performed. Are changed to Ver3.0 disk settings (step S33).
  • the ECC encoder / decoder 7 operates based on the Ver3.0 disk setting.
  • the ECC encoder / decoder 7 performs ECC decoding on the address information.
  • the correctability determination unit 52 determines whether or not the address information is correctly decoded by ECC decoding based on the Ver3.0 disk setting (processing S34). Then, the correctability determination unit 52 generates determination result information and gives it to the system controller 10.
  • step S34 the system controller 10 issues a command to the address setting changing unit 51, and the address processing of the ECC encoder / decoder 7 is performed. Are changed to Ver2.0 disk settings (step S35).
  • the ECC encoder / decoder 7 operates based on the Ver2.0 disk setting.
  • the ECC encoder / decoder 7 performs ECC decoding on the address information.
  • the correctability determination unit 52 determines whether or not the address information has been correctly decoded by ECC decoding based on the Ver2.0 disk setting (processing S36). Then, the correctability determination unit 52 generates determination result information and gives it to the system controller 10.
  • the correction availability determination unit 52 indicates that the recording / reproducing apparatus 5000 cannot reproduce the optical disc. Information is provided to the system controller 10. Then, the system controller 10 displays the reproduction error information on the display unit (processing S37).
  • the recording / reproducing apparatus 5000 can reproduce the Ver2.0 disc and the Ver1.0 disc in addition to the optical disc 100 as the Ver3.0 disc.
  • the recording / reproducing apparatus 5000 of the present embodiment further adds functions of a Ver2.0 compatible reproducing apparatus and a Ver1.0 reproducing apparatus to the recording / reproducing apparatus 1000 of the fourth embodiment which is a Ver3.0 compatible reproducing apparatus. It can be said that this is a recording / reproducing apparatus.
  • the recording / reproducing apparatus 5000 there is no need to separately provide a Ver2.0 compatible reproducing apparatus and a Ver1.0 reproducing apparatus, and the recording / reproducing apparatus can be provided at a lower cost.
  • FIG. 15 shows an example in which the address processing setting of the ECC encoder / decoder 7 is changed in the order of Ver1.0 disk setting, Ver3.0 disk setting, and Ver2.0 disk setting.
  • the order of setting address processing is not limited to this, and may be determined arbitrarily.
  • the address processing setting may be changed in the order of Ver3.0 disk setting, Ver2.0 disk setting, and Ver1.0 disk setting.
  • the address setting changing unit 51 may cumulatively record the number of times each address processing has been set, so that the address processing setting having a larger number of times is applied with higher priority. . With this configuration, the time required for the reproduction processing by the recording / reproducing apparatus 5000 can be reduced.
  • the order of setting address processing is determined in ascending order of reference reproduction power required for reproducing an optical disc. That is, it is preferable that the change of the address processing setting by the address setting changing unit 51 is performed in the order of the optical discs with the small intensity of the reproduction light emitted during the data reproduction. For example, in FIG. 15, it is assumed that the reproduction power required for reproducing a Ver1.0 disc is the smallest and the reproduction power required for reproducing a Ver2.0 disc is the largest.
  • an optical disc for example, Ver 1.0
  • Ver 2.0 disc setting an optical disc having a smaller reproduction power by reproducing the disc in the order of Ver 1.0 disc setting, Ver 3.0 disc setting, and Ver 2.0 disc setting. It is possible to prevent a larger reproduction power (for example, a reproduction power required for reproducing a Ver 2.0 disc) from being applied to the disc.
  • the optical disc 100 has at least the configurations (A) to (C). It is explained that it should be.
  • the present invention is not limited to this configuration, and at least the configurations (A) and (C) may be provided. That is, it is only necessary that at least 3 symbols out of 9 symbols constituting the address field 132a are different from at least 3 symbols in the address field 112a and at least 3 symbols in the address field 122a corresponding to the 3 symbols. .
  • the address field 112a, the address field 122a, and the address field 132a include the address unit numbers 111, 121, and 131, 4 symbols of flag units, and 4 symbols of parity bits, respectively.
  • the configuration of the address fields 112a, 122a, and 132a is not limited to this. If the structure of the address fields 112a, 122a, and 132a is the same, the address unit numbers 111, 121, and 131, flag bits, and parity There can be any number of symbols.
  • the address field 132a it is necessary to perform a modification process on the address field 132a within a range that does not reach the error correction capability of the address field. For example, when the error correction capability of the address field is within 2 symbols, it is necessary that the modification process for the address field 132a is performed for 3 symbols or more. In this case, the address fields 112a, 122a, and 132a need to be composed of at least 4 symbols.
  • the optical disc 100 may be configured as follows. That is, the optical disc 100 is Transformation processing is performed on at least three symbols among the four symbols constituting the address field 132a corresponding to the address field 112a. Of at least three symbols subjected to the modification process on the address field 132a, at least one symbol is subjected to the same modification process as the modification process for the symbols constituting the address field 122a corresponding to the one symbol. And For a symbol different from the at least one symbol, (i) when the deformation process is not performed on the symbol corresponding to the symbol and constituting the address field 122a, the deformation process is performed. Or (ii) if the deformation process is performed on the symbol corresponding to the symbol and constituting the address field 122a, at least one of the deformation process is not performed.
  • the address field 132a different from the address field 112a and the address field 122a is formed by performing the deformation process on the address field 132a within a range that does not reach the error correction capability of the address field. It only has to be.
  • An information recording medium (optical disc 100) includes: (9, 5, 5) Among the types of information recording media having an address field subjected to error correction coding processing in the RS code and having the first version, the second version, and the third version, the type is An information recording medium as a third information recording medium which is a third version, The information recording medium whose type is the first version is the first information recording medium (Ver1.0 disc), and the information recording medium whose type is the second version is the second information recording medium (Ver2.0 disc).
  • At least 3 symbols out of 9 symbols constituting the third address field (address field 132a) of the third information recording medium are a second address field (address) of the second information recording medium corresponding to the one symbol.
  • the same deformation process as that described above is performed on the symbols constituting the field 122a), For at least three symbols different from the at least one symbol, (1) If the deformation process is not performed on the symbols constituting the second address field corresponding to any of the three symbols, the deformation process is performed, (2) When the deformation process is performed on the symbols corresponding to any of the three symbols and constituting the second address field, at least one of the deformation processes not being performed It is.
  • the information recording medium (third information recording medium) is different from the address field recording method of the first information recording medium. Therefore, the third information recording medium is used as the first information recording medium.
  • the recording / reproducing apparatus manufactured so as to be compatible with only the recording / reproducing apparatus can be set in a non-reproducing state.
  • At least three of the symbols different from the at least one symbol in the third address field correspond to at least one of the above (1) and (2).
  • the third information recording medium is different from the recording method of the address field of the second information recording medium, the third information recording medium is a recording / reproducing device (first reproduction) manufactured so as to correspond only to the second information recording medium. 2 recording / reproducing apparatus) can be set in a non-reproducible state.
  • At least one of the at least three symbols in the third address field is subjected to the same deformation process as that for the symbols constituting the second address field. Therefore, the function for the deformation process can be shared between the recording / reproducing apparatus capable of recording or reproducing the third information recording medium and the second recording / reproducing apparatus.
  • an information recording medium is the aspect 1, wherein
  • the first address field, the second address field, and the third address field respectively include 4 symbols for the address unit number (111, 121, 131), 1 symbol for the flag bit, and 4 symbols for the parity
  • the transformation process is performed on two symbols constituting the address unit number of the second address field corresponding to the address unit number (111) of the first address field, and the first address field
  • the transformation process is performed on two symbols constituting the parity of the second address field corresponding to the parity of In the third address field, For one symbol of the address unit number (131), the same deformation process as that for the address unit number (121) of the second address field corresponding to the one symbol is performed, Of the address unit numbers, the transformation process is performed on one symbol corresponding to one of the two symbols that are not subjected to the transformation process on the address unit number in the second address field.
  • each of the first address field, the second address field, and the third address field includes 4 symbols for the address unit number, 1 symbol for the flag bit, and 4 symbols for the parity.
  • transformation processing is performed on the two symbols constituting the address unit number and parity in the second address field. Further, the same deformation process as that for the address unit number in the second address field is performed on one symbol in the address unit number in the third address field. On the other hand, among the address unit numbers in the third address field, the deformation process is performed on one symbol corresponding to one of the two symbols that have not been subjected to the deformation process on the address unit number in the second address field. Has been done. The parity processing of the third address field is also performed in the same manner as in the case of the address unit number.
  • the second information recording medium is different in recording method from the address unit number and parity of the first information recording medium
  • the third information recording medium is different from the address unit number and parity of the second information recording medium.
  • the recording method is different.
  • the third information recording medium can be set in a state incapable of being reproduced with respect to the first recording / reproducing apparatus and the second recording / reproducing apparatus. Can be reliably prevented.
  • both the address unit number and the parity are subjected to transformation processing for two symbols. That is, the deformation process that is biased to either the address unit number or the parity is not performed, and the deformation process without bias is performed. Therefore, in the first recording / reproducing apparatus and the second recording / reproducing apparatus, it is possible to derive an address correction error without any deviation for each of the address unit number and the parity.
  • an information recording medium is the aspect 2, Among the address unit numbers in the third address field, one symbol that has undergone the same deformation process as the modification process for the address unit number in the second address field corresponding to the address unit number It is preferable that the symbol corresponds to the lowest symbol of the address unit number of the second address field.
  • the transformation process is performed on the symbol corresponding to the least significant symbol among the address unit numbers in the second address field, in which the transformation process is performed among the address unit numbers in the third address field. Has been done. Therefore, when the third information recording medium is loaded in the first recording / reproducing apparatus, the address unit number read from the third information recording medium cannot be incremented, so that the address of the third information recording medium is corrected. I can't.
  • an address correction error can be more reliably derived. Therefore, a third information recording medium capable of reliably breaking reproduction compatibility or recording compatibility with the first recording / reproducing apparatus is provided. Can be provided.
  • an information recording medium is the aspect 2 or 3, Among the address unit numbers in the third address field, the deformation is performed on one symbol corresponding to the lower one of the two symbols that are not subjected to the modification process on the address unit number in the second address field. It is preferable that the process is performed.
  • the transformation process is performed on one symbol corresponding to the lower one of the two symbols that are not subjected to the transformation process on the address unit number in the second address field. For this reason, in the second recording / reproducing apparatus, since a change in value different from that in the case where the second information recording medium is loaded occurs in the lower symbol, the address of the third information recording medium cannot be corrected.
  • an address correction error can be more reliably derived in the second recording / reproducing apparatus, and therefore a third information recording medium capable of reliably breaking reproduction compatibility with the second recording / reproducing apparatus is provided. Can do.
  • the playback apparatus includes: Error correction decoding for performing error correction decoding by returning the symbol subjected to the deformation process in the third address field recorded on the third information recording medium according to any one of aspects 1 to 4 to an original state
  • the unit (ECC encoder / decoder 7) is preferably provided.
  • the first recording / reproducing apparatus and the second recording / reproducing apparatus enable data reproduction processing on the third information recording medium that is handled as an information recording medium that cannot be reproduced.
  • a reproducing apparatus (recording / reproducing apparatus 5000) according to Aspect 6 of the present invention is a reproducing apparatus capable of reproducing at least the third information recording medium according to any one of Aspects 1 to 4, First error correction decoding performed on the first address field, second error correction decoding performed on the second address field, and third error correction decoding performed on the third address field.
  • An error correction decoding unit (ECC encoder / decoder 7) capable of performing any error correction decoding; A first setting for causing the error correction decoding unit to perform the first error correction decoding; a second setting for causing the second error correction decoding; and a third setting for performing the third error correction decoding.
  • a setting selection unit (address setting change unit 51) for selecting one of the third settings;
  • a determination unit that determines whether or not the error correction decoding has been performed normally according to any one of the first setting, the second setting, and the third setting selected by the setting selection unit (correction propriety determination) Part 52), and
  • the setting selection unit preferably changes the setting to a setting different from the selected setting when the error correction decoding is not performed normally.
  • the determination unit determines whether or not the error correction decoding by the error correction decoding unit is normally performed according to the setting selected by the setting selection unit, and the error correction decoding is normally performed. If not, the setting is changed to a setting different from the selected setting.
  • the error correction decoding unit performs the first error correction decoding.
  • the determination unit determines that the error correction decoding is not normally performed, it can be determined that the loaded information recording medium is not the first information recording medium.
  • the setting is changed to the second setting or the third setting, and the process by the error correction decoding unit is performed.
  • the playback device provides the playback apparatus according to aspect 6,
  • the change of the setting by the setting selection unit is an information recording medium in which the intensity of reproduction light emitted during data reproduction is small among the first information recording medium, the second information recording medium, and the third information recording medium. It is preferable to carry out in this order.
  • the information recording medium is irradiated with reproduction light having an intensity greater than the intensity of reproduction light suitable for the loaded information recording medium (any of the first to third information recording media).
  • the risk that the data recorded on the information recording medium is destroyed can be suppressed.
  • an information recording medium (optical disc 100) according to aspect 8 of the present invention is (9, 5, 5)
  • the type is An information recording medium as a third information recording medium which is a third version
  • the second information corresponding to the first address field (address field 112a) of the first information recording medium (Ver1.0 disc) whose type is the first version is the second version information recording medium.
  • the deformation process is performed on at least three symbols, Of the at least three symbols that have been subjected to the modification process for the third address field, for at least one symbol, the modification process for the symbols constituting the second address field corresponding to the one symbol;
  • the same transformation process is performed, For at least three symbols different from the at least one symbol, (1) If the deformation process is not performed on the symbols constituting the second address field corresponding to any of the three symbols, the deformation process is performed, (2) When the deformation process is performed on the symbols corresponding to any of the three symbols and constituting the second address field, at least one of the deformation processes not being performed It is.
  • deformation processing is performed on at least 3 symbols out of 9 symbols configuring the third address field. For this reason, since the third information recording medium is different from the recording method of the address field of the first information recording medium, the third information recording medium can be made unreproducible with respect to the first recording / reproducing apparatus. .
  • At least three of the symbols different from the at least one symbol in the third address field correspond to at least one of the above (1) and (2).
  • the third information recording medium is different from the recording method of the address field of the second information recording medium, it is possible to make the third information recording medium unreproducible even for the second recording / reproducing apparatus.
  • At least one of the at least three symbols in the third address field is subjected to the same deformation process as that for the symbols constituting the second address field. Therefore, the function for the deformation process can be shared between the recording / reproducing apparatus and the second recording / reproducing apparatus that can perform the recording or reproducing process on the third information recording medium.
  • deformation processing is performed on at least 3 symbols out of 9 symbols constituting the second address field. For this reason, since the second information recording medium is also different from the recording method of the address field of the first information recording medium, the second information recording medium can be made unreproducible with respect to the first recording / reproducing apparatus.
  • the information in which the first version, the second version, and the third version exist both of which perform error correction encoding of the address field with the (9, 5, 5) RS code.
  • the information recording medium of the third version The address field of the information recording medium of the second version is subjected to a transformation process of at least 3 symbols from the address field of the corresponding information recording medium of the first version among the 9 symbols of the address field,
  • the address field of the information recording medium of the third version has undergone at least 3 symbol transformation processing from the address field of the corresponding information recording medium of the first version among the 9 symbols of the address field, Of the at least three symbols subjected to the deformation process in the address field of the third version information recording medium, at least one symbol is subjected to the same deformation process as the corresponding address field symbol of the second version information recording medium.
  • An information recording medium is the information recording medium according to (1),
  • the address field includes 4 symbols for the address unit number, 1 symbol for the flag bit, and 4 symbols for parity.
  • 2 symbols are transformed from the address unit number of the corresponding information recording medium of the first version, and 2 symbols of the parity of the information recording medium of the corresponding first version are used.
  • the transformation process has been performed, In the address field of the information recording medium of the third version, One symbol of the address unit number is subjected to the same transformation process as the address unit number of the corresponding information recording medium of the second version, Among the address unit numbers, one symbol out of the two symbols that have not undergone transformation processing on the address unit number of the corresponding second version information recording medium is transformed from the address unit number of the corresponding first version information recording medium. Processing takes place, One symbol of the parity is subjected to the same transformation process as the parity of the corresponding information recording medium of the second version, Among the parities, one symbol out of two symbols that has not undergone transformation processing on the parity of the corresponding second version information recording medium has undergone transformation processing from the parity of the corresponding first version information recording medium. It is preferable.
  • An information recording medium is the information recording medium according to (2) above, In the address field of the information recording medium of the third version, among the address unit numbers, one symbol subjected to the same deformation process as the address unit number of the corresponding information recording medium of the second version is converted into the second version Preferably, it is the lowest symbol of the address unit numbers of the information recording medium.
  • An information recording medium is the information recording medium according to (2) or (3) above, In the address field of the information recording medium of the third version, for the lower one of the two symbols of the address unit numbers that have not been transformed into the address unit number of the corresponding information recording medium of the second version It is preferable that the transformation process is performed from the address unit number of the corresponding information recording medium of the first version.
  • a reproduction apparatus performs error correction decoding by returning the transformed symbol to the original in the third version information recording medium of any one of (1) to (4) above.
  • An error correction decoding unit is provided.
  • a playback device provides the third version of the information recording medium, the first version of the information recording medium, and / or the information recording medium according to any one of (1) to (4) above.
  • a playback apparatus that supports playback of the information recording medium of the second version, If any one of the corresponding information recording media is selected, an error correction decoding unit capable of error correction decoding of the address field of the information recording medium is set, and error correction decoding is impossible, It is preferable to set an error correction decoding unit capable of performing error correction decoding of the address field of another corresponding information recording medium.
  • the present invention can be suitably used for an information recording medium that is supposed to be upgraded, such as a Blu-ray Disc (registered trademark).
  • ECC encoder / decoder error correction decoding unit
  • 111 Address unit number 121 Address unit number 131 Address unit number 112a Address field (first address field) 122a Address field (second address field) 132a Address field (third address field)
  • Optical disc information recording medium 1000 Recording / playback device (playback device) 5000 Recording / playback device (playback device)

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Signal Processing For Digital Recording And Reproducing (AREA)
  • Optical Recording Or Reproduction (AREA)

Abstract

At least one symbol of at least three symbols that have been subjected to modification processing in an address field (132a) is subjected to the same modification processing as a symbol in an address field (122a). Further, symbols in the address field (132a) different from the at least one symbol are at least either subjected to modification processing if the symbols in the address field (122a) are not subjected to the modification processing, or are not subjected to modification processing if the symbols in the address field (122a) are subjected to the modification processing.

Description

情報記録媒体および再生装置Information recording medium and reproducing apparatus

 本発明は、情報を記録することが可能な情報記録媒体、および当該情報記録媒体を再生可能な再生装置に関する。 The present invention relates to an information recording medium capable of recording information and a reproducing apparatus capable of reproducing the information recording medium.

 近年、高画質映像等の膨大な情報を保存するために、情報記録媒体の大容量化、即ち記録密度を高めることが求められている。そのため、情報記録媒体のバージョンアップが図られている。 In recent years, in order to store enormous information such as high-quality video, it is required to increase the capacity of information recording media, that is, to increase the recording density. For this reason, the information recording medium is upgraded.

 バージョンごとに情報記録媒体の仕様が定められているために、現行のバージョン(旧バージョン)に対応して各種スペックが定められている再生装置では、新たなバージョンの情報記録媒体を再生できないか、再生できたとしても再生エラーの発生頻度が高くなる可能性がある。この発生を防ぐために、特許文献1には、現行バージョンに対応した再生装置において、新たなバージョンの情報記録媒体を再生不可能とする技術が開示されている。 Since the specifications of the information recording medium are determined for each version, whether or not a new version of the information recording medium can be played back on a playback device in which various specifications are determined corresponding to the current version (old version), Even if it can be played back, the frequency of occurrence of playback errors may increase. In order to prevent this occurrence, Patent Document 1 discloses a technology that makes it impossible to reproduce a new version of an information recording medium in a reproducing apparatus corresponding to the current version.

 特許文献1の技術では、新たなバージョンの情報記録媒体には、エラー訂正符号化されたアドレス情報が、新たなバージョンの情報記録媒体に非対応の再生装置(例えば、旧バージョンの情報記録媒体のみに対応するように製造された再生装置)ではアドレス情報の復号が不能となるように変形処理されて記録されている。すなわち、新たなバージョンの情報記録媒体は、上記新たなバージョンの情報記録媒体に非対応の再生装置においてはアドレス情報のエラー訂正が不能な状態であり、情報記録媒体に記録された各種データへのアクセス(すなわち、各種データの再生)が不能な状態となっている。これにより、上記新たなバージョンの情報記録媒体に非対応の再生装置に新たなバージョンの情報記録媒体が装填されたときに、誤動作が生じる可能性を解消している。 In the technique of Patent Document 1, a new version of an information recording medium includes a playback device in which error correction encoded address information is incompatible with the new version of the information recording medium (for example, only the old version of the information recording medium). In the reproduction apparatus manufactured so as to correspond to the above, the modification is performed so that the address information cannot be decoded. That is, the new version of the information recording medium is in a state in which error correction of the address information is impossible in a playback device that does not support the new version of the information recording medium, and various data recorded on the information recording medium Access (that is, reproduction of various data) is impossible. This eliminates the possibility of malfunction when a new version of the information recording medium is loaded into a playback device that does not support the new version of the information recording medium.

日本国公開特許公報「特開2010-262713号公報(2010年11月18日公開)」Japanese Patent Publication “JP 2010-262713 A” (published on November 18, 2010)

 しかしながら、特許文献1の技術では、現行のバージョン(第1バージョン)の情報記録媒体と、その次に開発される新たなバージョン(第2バージョン)の情報記録媒体という2つのバージョンを想定しているのみである。すなわち、上記新たなバージョンの情報記録媒体に非対応の再生装置において誤動作が生じる可能性を解消可能な新たなバージョンの情報記録媒体の製造、及び、それに対応するデータ記録方法または再生方法が開示されているのみである。 However, the technique of Patent Document 1 assumes two versions: an information recording medium of the current version (first version) and a new version (second version) of information recording medium to be developed next. Only. That is, the manufacture of a new version of an information recording medium that can eliminate the possibility of malfunction in a playback device that does not support the new version of the information recording medium, and a data recording method or playback method corresponding thereto are disclosed. Only.

 すなわち、特許文献1の技術では、第2バージョンの情報記録媒体の後に開発される第3バージョンの情報記録媒体を想定してはいない。そのため、当該技術では、第3バージョンの情報記録媒体が製造された場合に、第1バージョンの情報記録媒体にのみ対応するように製造された再生装置(第1再生装置)、または、第2バージョンの情報記録媒体にのみ対応するように製造された再生装置(第2再生装置)において、第3バージョンの情報記録媒体に記録された情報が読み出される可能性がある。この場合、第1再生装置及び第2再生装置に第3バージョンの情報記録媒体が装填された場合に、当該装置のいずれにおいても当該情報記録媒体に対する再生処理を不能とすることができず、これらの装置において誤動作が生じる可能性がある。 That is, the technology of Patent Document 1 does not assume a third version information recording medium developed after the second version information recording medium. Therefore, in this technology, when the third version of the information recording medium is manufactured, the playback device (first playback device) manufactured so as to support only the first version of the information recording medium, or the second version There is a possibility that information recorded on the information recording medium of the third version may be read out in a reproducing apparatus (second reproducing apparatus) manufactured so as to support only the information recording medium. In this case, when a third version of the information recording medium is loaded in the first reproduction device and the second reproduction device, neither of the devices can disable the reproduction process for the information recording medium. Malfunction may occur in this device.

 本発明は、上記の問題点に鑑みてなされたものであり、その目的は、新たなバージョンの情報記録媒体に起因した装置の誤動作を防止することが可能な情報記録媒体等を実現することである。 The present invention has been made in view of the above problems, and an object of the present invention is to realize an information recording medium and the like that can prevent malfunction of the apparatus due to a new version of the information recording medium. is there.

 上記の課題を解決するために、本発明の一態様に係る情報記録媒体は、
 (9,5,5)RSコードにエラー訂正符号化処理されたアドレスフィールドを有し、かつ、第1バージョン、第2バージョン及び第3バージョンが存在する情報記録媒体の種別のうち、当該種別が第3バージョンである第3情報記録媒体としての情報記録媒体であって、
 上記種別が第1バージョンである情報記録媒体を第1情報記録媒体とし、上記種別が第2バージョンである情報記録媒体を第2情報記録媒体とした場合に、
 上記第1情報記録媒体が有する第1アドレスフィールドに対応する、上記第3情報記録媒体が有する第3アドレスフィールドを構成する9シンボルのうち、少なくとも3シンボルに対して変形処理が行われており、
 上記第3アドレスフィールドに対して上記変形処理が行われた少なくとも3シンボルのうち、少なくとも1シンボルに対しては、当該1シンボルに対応する、上記第2情報記録媒体が有する第2アドレスフィールドを構成するシンボルに対する上記変形処理と同じ変形処理が行われており、
 上記少なくとも1シンボルとは異なるシンボルのうち少なくとも3シンボルに対しては、
  (1)当該3シンボルのいずれかに対応する、上記第2アドレスフィールドを構成するシンボルに対して上記変形処理が行われていない場合には、当該変形処理が行われているか、
  (2)当該3シンボルのいずれかに対応する、上記第2アドレスフィールドを構成するシンボルに対して上記変形処理が行われている場合には、当該変形処理が行われていないかの少なくともいずれかである。
In order to solve the above problems, an information recording medium according to one embodiment of the present invention provides:
(9, 5, 5) Among the types of information recording media having an address field subjected to error correction coding processing in the RS code and having the first version, the second version, and the third version, the type is An information recording medium as a third information recording medium which is a third version,
When the information recording medium whose type is the first version is the first information recording medium and the information recording medium whose type is the second version is the second information recording medium,
A deformation process is performed on at least three symbols out of nine symbols constituting the third address field of the third information recording medium corresponding to the first address field of the first information recording medium,
Of the at least three symbols subjected to the deformation process on the third address field, at least one symbol constitutes the second address field of the second information recording medium corresponding to the one symbol. The same deformation process as that for the symbol to be performed is performed,
For at least three symbols different from the at least one symbol,
(1) If the deformation process is not performed on the symbols constituting the second address field corresponding to any of the three symbols, the deformation process is performed,
(2) When the deformation process is performed on the symbols corresponding to any of the three symbols and constituting the second address field, at least one of the deformation processes not being performed It is.

 本発明の一態様によれば、新たなバージョン(第3バージョン)の情報記録媒体に起因した装置の誤動作を防止できるという効果を奏する。 According to one aspect of the present invention, there is an effect that it is possible to prevent malfunction of the apparatus due to a new version (third version) of the information recording medium.

本発明の一実施形態に係る光ディスクに記録されたアドレスフィールドの一例について説明するための図である。It is a figure for demonstrating an example of the address field recorded on the optical disk which concerns on one Embodiment of this invention. 本発明の一実施形態に係る光ディスクの概略構成を示す図であり、(a)は、光ディスクの概略構成を示す平面図であり、(b)は、光ディスクの各記録層の構成例を示す図である。BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS It is a figure which shows schematic structure of the optical disk based on one Embodiment of this invention, (a) is a top view which shows schematic structure of an optical disk, (b) is a figure which shows the structural example of each recording layer of an optical disk. It is. アドレスユニットナンバの構造例を示す図であり、(a)は、第1バージョンの光ディスクに記録されたアドレスユニットナンバの構造例を示す図であり、(b)は、第2バージョン及び本実施形態に記録された光ディスクのアドレスユニットナンバの構造例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the structural example of an address unit number, (a) is a figure which shows the structural example of the address unit number recorded on the optical disk of the 1st version, (b) is the 2nd version and this embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structural example of the address unit number of the optical disk recorded on (1). (a)は、アドレスフィールド群の構造例を示す図であり、(b)は、アドレスフィールドのうちの1つであるアドレスフィールド「AF0」の構造例を示す図である。(A) is a figure which shows the example of a structure of an address field group, (b) is a figure which shows the example of a structure of address field "AF0" which is one of the address fields. メインデータブロック内のアドレスフィールドの配置例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the example of arrangement | positioning of the address field in a main data block. 本発明の一実施形態に係る光ディスクに記録されたアドレスフィールドの変形例について説明するための図である。It is a figure for demonstrating the modification of the address field recorded on the optical disk which concerns on one Embodiment of this invention. 本発明の一実施形態に係る光ディスクに記録されたアドレスフィールドの一例について説明するための図である。It is a figure for demonstrating an example of the address field recorded on the optical disk which concerns on one Embodiment of this invention. 本発明の別の一実施形態に係る光ディスクに記録されたアドレスフィールドの変形例について説明するための図である。It is a figure for demonstrating the modification of the address field recorded on the optical disk which concerns on another one Embodiment of this invention. 本発明のさらに別の一実施形態に係る光ディスクに記録されたアドレスフィールドの一例について説明するための図である。It is a figure for demonstrating an example of the address field recorded on the optical disk which concerns on another one Embodiment of this invention. 本発明のさらに別の一実施形態に係る記録再生装置の構成を示す機能ブロック図である。It is a functional block diagram which shows the structure of the recording / reproducing apparatus which concerns on another one Embodiment of this invention. 本発明のさらに別の一実施形態に係る光ディスクに対する記録動作の処理の流れの一例を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows an example of the flow of a recording operation | movement with respect to the optical disk which concerns on another one Embodiment of this invention. 本発明のさらに別の一実施形態に係る光ディスクに対する再生動作の処理の流れの一例を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows an example of the flow of the process of the reproduction | regeneration operation | movement with respect to the optical disk based on another one Embodiment of this invention. 本発明のさらに別の一実施形態に係るマスタリング装置の構成を示す機能ブロック図である。It is a functional block diagram which shows the structure of the mastering apparatus which concerns on another one Embodiment of this invention. 本発明のさらに別の一実施形態に係る記録再生装置の構成を示す機能ブロック図である。It is a functional block diagram which shows the structure of the recording / reproducing apparatus which concerns on another one Embodiment of this invention. 本発明のさらに別の一実施形態に係る記録再生装置による、光ディスクに対する再生動作の処理の流れの一例を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows an example of the flow of a process of reproducing | regenerating operation | movement with respect to the optical disk by the recording / reproducing apparatus which concerns on another one Embodiment of this invention.

 以下、本発明の各実施形態について説明する。なお、各実施形態において、光ディスク100(情報記録媒体、第3情報記録媒体、Ver3.0ディスク)は、第1バージョン、第2バージョン及び第3バージョンが存在する光ディスクの種別のうち、当該種別が第3バージョンである光ディスクを指す。 Hereinafter, each embodiment of the present invention will be described. In each embodiment, the optical disc 100 (information recording medium, third information recording medium, Ver3.0 disc) has a type corresponding to the type of the optical disc in which the first version, the second version, and the third version exist. Refers to the third version of the optical disc.

 上記第1バージョン、第2バージョン及び第3バージョンのうち、第1バージョンは最も古いバージョンであり、第2バージョンは第1バージョンよりも新しいバージョンを指す。第3バージョンは、第2バージョンよりも新しいバージョン、すなわち一番新しいバージョンである。第1バージョン~第3バージョンは、4つ以上のバージョンのうちの3つのバージョンであってもよい。 Among the first version, the second version, and the third version, the first version is the oldest version, and the second version indicates a version that is newer than the first version. The third version is a newer version than the second version, that is, the newest version. The first version to the third version may be three versions out of four or more versions.

 また、光ディスクの種別は、光ディスクにおいて、どの規格が定めるパラメータ(光ディスクの材質、厚み、変調方式、記録容量等)が用いられているか、すなわち光ディスクがどの規格に該当するかによって決まるものである。そして、当該規格は、例えば記録容量の増大化を図るために、適宜変更(バージョンアップ)されるものである。 Also, the type of the optical disk is determined by which standard parameters (optical disk material, thickness, modulation method, recording capacity, etc.) are used in the optical disk, that is, to which standard the optical disk corresponds. The standards are appropriately changed (upgraded) in order to increase the recording capacity, for example.

 また、以降の説明においては、第1~第3バージョンの情報記録媒体を、それぞれVer1.0ディスク(第1情報記録媒体)、Ver2.0ディスク(第2情報記録媒体)、光ディスク100(本発明の各実施形態における光ディスク)と称する。 In the following description, the information recording media of the first to third versions are Ver1.0 disc (first information recording medium), Ver2.0 disc (second information recording medium), and optical disc 100 (the present invention). In each of the embodiments).

 なお、第1~第3バージョンの情報記録媒体は、光学読取式のディスク、光磁気ディスク、相変化型ディスク等の種々の光ディスク、または、磁気ディスクであってもよい。 Note that the information recording media of the first to third versions may be various optical disks such as an optically readable disk, a magneto-optical disk, a phase change disk, or a magnetic disk.

 〔実施形態1〕
 以下、図1~図6に基づき、本発明の一実施の形態について説明する。
[Embodiment 1]
Hereinafter, an embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS.

 <光ディスク100の概要>
 まず、図2に基づき、光ディスク100の概略構成について説明する。図2は、光ディスク100の概略構成を示す図であり、図2の(a)は、光ディスク100の概略構成を示す平面図であり、図2の(b)は、光ディスク100の各記録層の構成例を示す図である。
<Outline of Optical Disc 100>
First, a schematic configuration of the optical disc 100 will be described with reference to FIG. 2 is a diagram showing a schematic configuration of the optical disc 100, FIG. 2A is a plan view showing a schematic configuration of the optical disc 100, and FIG. 2B is a diagram showing each recording layer of the optical disc 100. As shown in FIG. It is a figure which shows the example of a structure.

 なお、以下の説明において、光ディスク100が有する層として、書き換え可能な記録層をRE(RE-writable)層と呼び、再生専用の記録層をROM(Read Only Memory)層と呼び、追記録可能な記録層をR(Recordable)層と呼ぶ。 In the following description, as a layer included in the optical disc 100, a rewritable recording layer is called an RE (RE-writable) layer, and a read-only recording layer is called a ROM (Read Only Memory) layer, which can be additionally recorded. The recording layer is called an R (Recordable) layer.

 まず、図2の(a)に示すように、光ディスク100は、その内周側から順に、管理領域101及びインナー領域102、ユーザデータ領域103及びアウター領域104を備えている。なお、図2では、管理領域101は、図2の(b)に示すように、L0層のみに設けられているが、これに限らず、いずれかの記録層に設けられていてもよいし、全ての記録層に設けられていてもよい。 First, as shown in FIG. 2A, the optical disc 100 includes a management area 101, an inner area 102, a user data area 103, and an outer area 104 in this order from the inner circumference side. In FIG. 2, the management area 101 is provided only in the L0 layer as shown in FIG. 2B. However, the management area 101 is not limited to this and may be provided in any recording layer. , It may be provided in all recording layers.

 管理領域101は、光ディスク100の最内周で、かつ、再生光入射側から最も遠い記録層に設けられた領域であり、トラッキング制御が不要な領域またはフォーカス制御のみでアクセス可能なバーコード状の記録領域(管理領域記録領域)である。記録再生装置(例えば、記録再生装置1000(実施形態4参照)または記録再生装置5000(実施形態5参照))は、光ディスク100が挿入されると、管理領域101の情報を読み取りにいくように設計されている。また、管理領域101は、製造時にのみ情報の書き込みを行うことが可能な領域(すなわち書き換え不可能な領域)である。管理領域101は、本実施形態では、BCA(Burst Cutting Area)を指す。 The management area 101 is an area provided in the innermost circumference of the optical disc 100 and the recording layer farthest from the reproduction light incident side, and is an area that does not require tracking control or a barcode-like area that can be accessed only by focus control. This is a recording area (management area recording area). The recording / reproducing apparatus (for example, the recording / reproducing apparatus 1000 (see Embodiment 4) or the recording / reproducing apparatus 5000 (see Embodiment 5)) is designed to read information in the management area 101 when the optical disc 100 is inserted. Has been. The management area 101 is an area in which information can be written only at the time of manufacture (that is, an area that cannot be rewritten). In the present embodiment, the management area 101 indicates a BCA (Burst で は Cutting 本 Area).

 管理領域101には、主として、光ディスク100の構造を示す識別情報が記録される。識別情報の具体例としては、光ディスク100の記録層のタイプ(再生専用型、追記型、書き換え型)、光ディスク100のサイズ、光ディスク100のバージョン(速度等に関連)、サーボの極性、記録マークの極性および光ディスク100固有の番号などが挙げられる。管理領域101における各情報の記録順序(又は配置方法)は、任意であってよい。なお、これらの記録順序は、通常規格などによって決められている。 In the management area 101, identification information indicating the structure of the optical disc 100 is mainly recorded. Specific examples of the identification information include the type of recording layer of the optical disc 100 (read-only type, write once type, rewritable type), the size of the optical disc 100, the version of the optical disc 100 (related to speed, etc.), the polarity of the servo, and the recording mark. Examples include polarity and a number unique to the optical disc 100. The recording order (or arrangement method) of each information in the management area 101 may be arbitrary. These recording orders are usually determined by standards and the like.

 インナー領域102は、光ディスク100において管理領域101の外周側に、記録層ごとに設けられた領域であり、記録再生装置が各層に対する処理を行う際に、最初に再生光が照射される(最初に情報が読み出される)記録領域である。また、インナー領域102には、光ディスク100の内周側から、製造時にのみ情報の書き込みを行うことが可能な領域(すなわち書き換え不可能な領域)が設けられている。また、記録可能なタイプのディスクの場合、インナー領域102には、さらに記録再生装置に挿入された後に情報の書き換えを行うことが可能な領域(すなわち書き換え可能な領域)が設けられている。 The inner area 102 is an area provided for each recording layer on the outer peripheral side of the management area 101 in the optical disc 100, and when the recording / reproducing apparatus performs processing on each layer, the reproducing light is first irradiated (firstly, A recording area from which information is read. Further, the inner area 102 is provided with an area where information can be written only from the inner circumference side of the optical disc 100 at the time of manufacture (that is, a non-rewritable area). In the case of a recordable type disc, the inner area 102 is further provided with an area where information can be rewritten after being inserted into the recording / reproducing apparatus (that is, a rewritable area).

 インナー領域102には、例えば光ディスク100への記録・再生の標準条件、各層に対する記録再生装置のアクセスの許可不許可(アクセス制限)を示す情報などが記録されている。また、記録可能なタイプのディスクの場合、インナー領域102には、さらに製造時の欠陥および使用中にできた欠陥の位置を示す情報などが記録されている。なお、この欠陥の位置を示す情報は、インナー領域102の書き換え可能な領域、およびアウター領域104内の欠陥管理領域に記録される。また、インナー領域102の書き換え可能な領域には、記録/再生時のレーザパワー等、記録マークの記録再生条件を設定する際の試し書きなどに使用されるテストライトエリアが設けられていてもよい。 In the inner area 102, for example, standard conditions for recording / reproduction to / from the optical disc 100, information indicating permission / non-permission (access restriction) of access to the recording / reproducing apparatus for each layer, and the like are recorded. In the case of a recordable type disc, the inner area 102 is further recorded with information indicating defects at the time of manufacture and positions of defects formed during use. Information indicating the position of the defect is recorded in a rewritable area of the inner area 102 and a defect management area in the outer area 104. The rewritable area of the inner area 102 may be provided with a test write area used for test writing when setting recording / reproducing conditions of recording marks such as laser power during recording / reproducing. .

 また、インナー領域102の書き換え不可能な領域には、あらかじめコピープロテクションに用いられる情報等(プリレコーデッド情報)が記録されている。プリレコーデッド情報は、書き換え不能な再生専用の情報である。なお、このプリレコーデッド情報は、管理領域101に記録されていてもよい。 In addition, in the non-rewritable area of the inner area 102, information used for copy protection (pre-recorded information) is recorded in advance. The pre-recorded information is read-only information that cannot be rewritten. The prerecorded information may be recorded in the management area 101.

 なお、光ディスク100において、管理領域101及びインナー領域102の書き換え不可能な領域は、PBゾーン(再生専用領域)とも称される。また、インナー領域102の書き換え可能な領域からアウター領域104までの領域は、RWゾーン(記録再生領域)と称される。RWゾーンは、記録マークが記録または再生される領域である。 In the optical disc 100, the non-rewritable areas of the management area 101 and the inner area 102 are also referred to as PB zones (reproduction-only areas). An area from the rewritable area to the outer area 104 in the inner area 102 is called an RW zone (recording / reproducing area). The RW zone is an area where a recording mark is recorded or reproduced.

 次に、図2の(b)は、再生光入射側から最も遠い記録層から記録層L0、L1、・・・と称する場合、記録層L0~L2がすべてROM層からなる場合(すなわち3層構造)の光ディスク100の構成を示している。なお、図2の(b)では、記録層L0、L1およびL2を備えている場合を図示しているが、再生光入射側にさらに記録層を設けた構成であってもよい。 Next, FIG. 2B shows the case where recording layers L0, L1,... Are referred to from the recording layer farthest from the reproducing light incident side, and when the recording layers L0 to L2 are all ROM layers (that is, three layers). The structure of the optical disk 100 of (structure) is shown. 2B shows a case where the recording layers L0, L1, and L2 are provided, but a configuration in which a recording layer is further provided on the reproducing light incident side may be used.

 図示のように、記録層L0(ROM層)には、管理領域101、インナー領域102、ユーザデータ領域103およびアウター領域104が設けられている。また、記録層L1(ROM層)及び記録層L2(ROM層)には、インナー領域102、ユーザデータ領域103およびアウター領域104が設けられている。なお、管理領域101およびインナー領域102については上述したので、ここではその説明を省略する。 As shown in the figure, a management area 101, an inner area 102, a user data area 103, and an outer area 104 are provided in the recording layer L0 (ROM layer). The recording layer L1 (ROM layer) and the recording layer L2 (ROM layer) are provided with an inner area 102, a user data area 103, and an outer area 104. Since the management area 101 and the inner area 102 have been described above, description thereof is omitted here.

 ユーザデータ領域103は、OS(Operating System)などのアプリケーションやコンテンツなど、様々な情報が記録されている(または記録可能な)領域である。例えばROM層のユーザデータ領域103には、ディスクサプライヤーが用意したアプリケーションやコンテンツなどが予め記録されている。なお、記録可能なタイプのディスク、例えば、RE層を有するディスクの場合は、RE層のユーザデータ領域103には、ユーザが録画したコンテンツや、アプリケーションのバージョンアップ情報など、記録再生装置により記録される情報が記録される。 The user data area 103 is an area in which various information such as an application such as an OS (Operating System) and contents are recorded (or recordable). For example, in the user data area 103 of the ROM layer, applications and contents prepared by the disk supplier are recorded in advance. In the case of a recordable type disc, for example, a disc having an RE layer, the user data area 103 of the RE layer records content recorded by the user, application upgrade information, and the like by a recording / playback apparatus. Information is recorded.

 アウター領域104は、通常、光ディスク100の各層の最外周側に設けられており、前述した欠陥の位置を示す情報などが記録されている。また、アウター領域104は、シーク時のオーバーランを許容するためのバッファエリアとして使用されてもよい。 The outer area 104 is usually provided on the outermost peripheral side of each layer of the optical disc 100, and information indicating the position of the defect described above is recorded. Further, the outer area 104 may be used as a buffer area for allowing overrun at the time of seek.

 なお、本実施形態では、光ディスク100が、ROM層を含む3層構造のディスクであるものとして説明する。しかしこれに限らず、光ディスク100は、単層構造であっても、3層以外の複数の記録層を有する構成であってもよい。また、全ての記録層がRE層からなる記録専用媒体であってもよい。さらに、RE層の代わりにR層が設けられてもよいし、記録層としてROM層とRE層とR層とのうち少なくとも2種類を備えていてもよい。 In the present embodiment, the optical disk 100 will be described as a three-layered disk including a ROM layer. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the optical disc 100 may have a single-layer structure or a configuration having a plurality of recording layers other than three layers. Alternatively, a recording-only medium in which all recording layers are RE layers may be used. Further, an R layer may be provided instead of the RE layer, and at least two of a ROM layer, an RE layer, and an R layer may be provided as a recording layer.

 また、光ディスク100は、第3バージョンの光ディスクであり、第3バージョンよりも旧バージョンである第1バージョン及び第2バージョンの光ディスク(Ver1.0ディスク及びVer2.0ディスク)とはその構造・変調方式等が異なる。例えば、光ディスク100が図2に示す構造を有する場合、Ver1.0ディスクが単層構造であり、Ver2.0ディスクが2層構造であってもよい。また、Ver1.0ディスクが2層構造であり、Ver2.0ディスクが3層構造であってもよい。この場合、例えば、Ver2.0ディスクの変調方式と、光ディスク100の変調方式とが異なるものであってもよい。 The optical disc 100 is a third version optical disc. The first and second version optical discs (Ver1.0 disc and Ver2.0 disc), which are versions older than the third version, have a structure and modulation method. Etc. are different. For example, when the optical disc 100 has the structure shown in FIG. 2, the Ver1.0 disc may have a single-layer structure and the Ver2.0 disc may have a two-layer structure. Further, the Ver1.0 disc may have a two-layer structure, and the Ver2.0 disc may have a three-layer structure. In this case, for example, the modulation method of the Ver2.0 disc and the modulation method of the optical disc 100 may be different.

 <アドレスフィールド112a、122a、132aの一例>
 次に、図3~図5に基づき、アドレスユニットナンバ(AUN)、アドレスフィールド(AF)の構造例について説明する。
<An example of the address fields 112a, 122a, 132a>
Next, an example of the structure of the address unit number (AUN) and address field (AF) will be described with reference to FIGS.

 まず、図3に基づき、アドレスユニットナンバ(AUN)の構造例について説明する。
図3は、アドレスユニットナンバ111、121、131の構造例を示す図であり、(a)は、Ver1.0ディスクに記録されたアドレスユニットナンバ111の構造例を示す図であり、(b)は、Ver2.0ディスク及び光ディスク100(Ver3.0ディスク)のアドレスユニットナンバ121、131の構造例を示す図である。なお、Ver1.0ディスク、Ver2.0ディスク及び光ディスク100において、アドレスユニットナンバのうち、「AUN0」が最下位シンボル、「AUN3」が最上位シンボルである。同様に、パリティのうち、「Parity 0」が最下位シンボル、「Parity 3」が最上位シンボルである。
First, a structural example of the address unit number (AUN) will be described with reference to FIG.
FIG. 3 is a diagram showing an example of the structure of the address unit numbers 111, 121, and 131, (a) is a diagram showing an example of the structure of the address unit number 111 recorded on the Ver1.0 disc, and (b) These are diagrams showing an example of the structure of the address unit numbers 121 and 131 of the Ver2.0 disc and the optical disc 100 (Ver3.0 disc). In the Ver1.0 disc, the Ver2.0 disc, and the optical disc 100, “AUN0” is the lowest symbol and “AUN3” is the highest symbol among the address unit numbers. Similarly, among the parities, “Parity 0” is the least significant symbol and “Parity 3” is the most significant symbol.

 図3の(a)に示すように、Ver1.0ディスクに対しては、4シンボル(1シンボル=8ビット)のアドレスユニットナンバ111として「AUN0」~「AUN3」が形成されている。そして、この4シンボルがビットA0~A31で示されている。アドレスユニットナンバ111を構成するビットA0~A31の役割は以下のとおりである。
・ビットA0~A4の5ビットは、クラスタ内ナンバである。クラスタは、データの記録単位であり、記録可能タイプのディスクの場合、1つのRUB(recording unit block:記録再生クラスタ)を構成する単位である。
・ビットA5~A23の19ビットは、クラスタアドレスである。
・ビットA24~A26の3ビットは、レイヤーナンバ(記録層のナンバ)である。
・ビットA27~A31の5ビットは、リザーブである。
As shown in FIG. 3A, “AUN0” to “AUN3” are formed as the address unit number 111 of 4 symbols (1 symbol = 8 bits) for the Ver1.0 disc. These four symbols are indicated by bits A0 to A31. The roles of the bits A0 to A31 constituting the address unit number 111 are as follows.
• Bits A0 to A4 are 5 bits in the cluster. A cluster is a data recording unit. In the case of a recordable type disk, the cluster is a unit constituting one RUB (recording unit block).
The 19 bits of bits A5 to A23 are the cluster address.
The 3 bits of bits A24 to A26 are a layer number (recording layer number).
• Bits A27 to A31 are reserved.

 一方、図3の(b)に示すように、Ver2.0ディスクのアドレスユニットナンバ121、光ディスク100のアドレスユニットナンバ131についても、それぞれ4シンボルからなり、ビットA0~A31を含む「AUN0」~「AUN3」が形成されている。アドレスユニットナンバ121、131を構成するビットA0~A31の役割は以下のとおりである。
・ビットA0~A4の5ビットは、クラスタ内ナンバである。
・ビットA5~A24の20ビットは、クラスタアドレスである。
・ビットA25~A27の3ビットは、レイヤーナンバである。
・ビットA28~A31の4ビットは、リザーブである。
On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 3B, the address unit number 121 of the Ver2.0 disc and the address unit number 131 of the optical disc 100 are each composed of 4 symbols and include “AUN0” to “A31” including bits A0 to A31. AUN3 "is formed. The roles of the bits A0 to A31 constituting the address unit numbers 121 and 131 are as follows.
• Bits A0 to A4 are 5 bits in the cluster.
The 20 bits of bits A5 to A24 are a cluster address.
The 3 bits of bits A25 to A27 are layer numbers.
• Bits A28 to A31 are reserved.

 すなわち、Ver2.0ディスク及び光ディスク100では、大容量化によって総クラスタ数が増加することに対応し、クラスタアドレスのビット数が20ビットとなっている。 That is, in the Ver 2.0 disc and the optical disc 100, the number of bits of the cluster address is 20 bits corresponding to the increase in the total number of clusters due to the increase in capacity.

 なお、上記では、Ver2.0ディスクのアドレスユニットナンバ121及び光ディスク100のアドレスユニットナンバ131が同じ構造であるとして説明したが、互いに異なる構造であってもよい。例えば、光ディスク100の記録容量がVer2.0ディスクの記録容量よりも大きい場合には、アドレスユニットナンバ131のクラスタアドレスに対する割り当てビット数を、アドレスユニットナンバ121のクラスタアドレスの割り当てビット数よりも増加させてもよい。この場合、例えばアドレスユニットナンバ131を構成するビットA0~A31の役割が以下のように設定されていてもよい。
・ビットA0~A4の5ビットは、クラスタ内ナンバである。
・ビットA5~A25の21ビットは、クラスタアドレスである。
・ビットA26~A28の3ビットは、レイヤーナンバである。
・ビットA29~A31の3ビットは、リザーブである。
In the above description, the address unit number 121 of the Ver2.0 disc and the address unit number 131 of the optical disc 100 have been described as having the same structure, but they may have different structures. For example, when the recording capacity of the optical disc 100 is larger than the recording capacity of the Ver 2.0 disc, the number of bits assigned to the cluster address of the address unit number 131 is increased more than the number of bits assigned to the cluster address of the address unit number 121. May be. In this case, for example, the roles of the bits A0 to A31 constituting the address unit number 131 may be set as follows.
• Bits A0 to A4 are 5 bits in the cluster.
• The 21 bits of bits A5 to A25 are cluster addresses.
The 3 bits of bits A26 to A28 are a layer number.
• Bits A29 to A31 are reserved.

 このようなアドレスユニットナンバ111、121及び131(アドレス情報)のそれぞれに対するエラー訂正符号化(ECC(エラー訂正コード)エンコード)処理は、図4に示すアドレスフィールド単位で行われる。図4の(a)は、アドレスフィールド群112、122及び132の構造例を示す図であり、図4の(b)は、アドレスフィールド群112、122及び132のうちの1つであるアドレスフィールド「AF0」(アドレスフィールド112a、122a及び132a)の構造例を示す図である。 Such error correction encoding (ECC (error correction code) encoding) processing for each of the address unit numbers 111, 121, and 131 (address information) is performed for each address field shown in FIG. 4A is a diagram illustrating a structure example of the address field groups 112, 122, and 132, and FIG. 4B is an address field that is one of the address field groups 112, 122, and 132. It is a figure which shows the structural example of "AF0" (address field 112a, 122a, and 132a).

 なお、アドレスフィールド群112、122、132の構造は互いに同じであり、アドレスフィールド112a(第1アドレスフィールド)、アドレスフィールド122a(第2アドレスフィールド)、アドレスフィールド132a(第3アドレスフィールド)の構造も互いに同じである。また、メインデータのECCとしては、LDC(long distance code)とBIS(Burst indicator subcode)との2つがある。 Note that the structures of the address field groups 112, 122, and 132 are the same, and the structures of the address field 112a (first address field), the address field 122a (second address field), and the address field 132a (third address field) are also the same. They are the same as each other. There are two main data ECCs, LDC (long distance indicator) and BIS (burst distance indicator subcode).

 図4の(a)では、アドレスフィールド112a、122a、132aのそれぞれがアドレスフィールド「AF0」~「AF15」である例を示している。この場合、各アドレスフィールド「AF0」~「AF15」の構成は以下のとおりである。
・アドレスフィールド「AF0」は、アドレスフィールドバイト「AF0,0」~「AF8,0」で構成されている。
・アドレスフィールド「AF1」は、アドレスフィールドバイト「AF0,1」~「AF8,1」で構成されている。
・同様にして、アドレスフィールド「AF2」~「AF15」がそれぞれ9バイトで構成されている。なお、16個のアドレスフィールド「AF0」~「AF15」の構造は、それぞれ同じである。
FIG. 4A shows an example in which the address fields 112a, 122a, and 132a are address fields “AF0” to “AF15”, respectively. In this case, the configuration of each of the address fields “AF0” to “AF15” is as follows.
The address field “AF0” is composed of address field bytes “AF0,0” to “AF8,0”.
The address field “AF1” is composed of address field bytes “AF0,1” to “AF8,1”.
Similarly, the address fields “AF2” to “AF15” are each composed of 9 bytes. The structure of the 16 address fields “AF0” to “AF15” is the same.

 また、1つのアドレスフィールドバイトは、1バイト(1シンボル)である。 Also, one address field byte is 1 byte (1 symbol).

 この9バイトのアドレスフィールド単位でECCエンコードが行われる。アドレスフィールド112a、122a、132aはそれぞれ、アドレスユニットナンバ111、121、131のそれぞれと、フラグビットと、パリティとを含む。すなわち、アドレスフィールドとは、光ディスクに対して記録されるデータ(記録データ)、または光ディスクから読み出されるデータ(再生データ)のアドレスを示すアドレス情報と、当該光ディスクに対応の記録再生装置において、当該アドレス情報に対して所定の符号化および復号化を行い、誤り訂正を行うことを可能とする特定データと、を少なくとも含むように形成されたデータ群である。 ECC encoding is performed in the address field unit of 9 bytes. Each of the address fields 112a, 122a, and 132a includes address unit numbers 111, 121, and 131, flag bits, and parity, respectively. That is, the address field refers to address information indicating the address of data recorded on the optical disc (recording data) or data read from the optical disc (reproduction data), and the address in the recording / reproducing apparatus corresponding to the optical disc. It is a data group formed so as to include at least specific data that makes it possible to perform error correction by performing predetermined encoding and decoding on information.

 また、アドレスユニットナンバは、上記アドレス情報である。すなわち、アドレスユニットナンバは、上記記録データまたは上記再生データに対して割り当てられたアドレスを示すデータである。パリティは、上記特定データである。すなわち、パリティは、アドレスフィールドの誤り訂正を行うことを可能とするデータである。フラグビットは、記録データの記録の状態を示すデータである。すなわち、フラグビットには、記録データの記録の状態を示す情報などが記録される。なお、フラグビットは、再生専用タイプのディスクでは、予備領域としてもよい。 The address unit number is the above address information. That is, the address unit number is data indicating an address assigned to the recording data or the reproduction data. Parity is the specific data. That is, the parity is data that enables error correction of the address field. The flag bit is data indicating the recording state of the recording data. That is, information indicating a recording state of the recording data is recorded in the flag bit. The flag bit may be a spare area in a read-only type disc.

 さらに、アドレスユニットは、上記アドレスフィールドの1つと、当該アドレスフィールドに含まれるアドレス情報に対応した上記記録データまたは上記再生データとから構成されたデータ群である。 Further, the address unit is a data group composed of one of the address fields and the recording data or the reproduction data corresponding to the address information included in the address field.

 図4の(b)は、アドレスフィールド「AF0」を示すものである。 FIG. 4B shows the address field “AF0”.

 アドレスフィールド「AF0」のアドレスフィールドバイト「AF0,0」、「AF1,0」、「AF2,0」、「AF3,0」には、アドレスユニットナンバ「AUN3」,「AUN2」,「AUN1」,「AUN0」が、それぞれ割り当てられている。 The address field bytes “AF0,0”, “AF1,0”, “AF2,0”, “AF3,0” of the address field “AF0” have address unit numbers “AUN3”, “AUN2”, “AUN1”, “AUN0” is assigned to each.

 アドレスフィールドバイト「AF4,0」には、フラグビットが割り当てられている。 The flag bit is assigned to the address field byte “AF4, 0”.

 アドレスフィールドバイト「AF5,0」~「AF8,0」には、パリティ(Parity3~Parity0)が割り当てられている。 Parity (Parity 3 to Parity 0) is assigned to the address field bytes “AF5, 0” to “AF8, 0”.

 このアドレスフィールド単位のECCエンコードによるエラー訂正は、9シンボル内に4シンボルのパリティを持つことで、2シンボル以内の誤りを訂正できる能力を持つことになる。 This error correction by ECC encoding in units of address fields has the ability to correct errors within 2 symbols by having 4 symbols in 9 symbols.

 すなわち、アドレスフィールド112a、122a、132aとして形成されるエラー訂正符号化データは、RS(9,5,5)、符号長9、データ5、ディスタンス5のRS(リードソロモン)コードである。換言すれば、Ver1.0ディスク、Ver2.0ディスク及び光ディスク100はそれぞれ、(9,5,5)RSコードにエラー訂正符号化処理されたアドレスフィールド112a、122a、132aを有している。 That is, the error correction encoded data formed as the address fields 112a, 122a, and 132a are RS (9, 5, 5), code length 9, data 5, and distance 5 RS (Reed Solomon) code. In other words, each of the Ver1.0 disc, the Ver2.0 disc, and the optical disc 100 includes address fields 112a, 122a, and 132a that have been subjected to error correction encoding processing on (9, 5, 5) RS code.

 図5に、メインデータが記録されるメインデータブロック内のアドレスフィールドの配置例を示す。なお、各記録層に形成されたトラック上に、相変化マーク、色素変化マークまたはエンボスピット列により記録される情報を「メインデータ(ユーザデータ)」と称する。 FIG. 5 shows an arrangement example of address fields in the main data block in which main data is recorded. Information recorded by the phase change mark, the dye change mark or the emboss pit row on the track formed in each recording layer is referred to as “main data (user data)”.

 図5に示すように、1つのメインデータブロックは、496個のフレームから構成されている。そして、その1フレームは、データ(38バイト)、BIS(1バイト)、データ(38バイト)、BIS(1バイト)、データ(38バイト)が配されて155バイトの構造となっている。すなわち、1フレームは、152バイト(=38バイト×4)のデータと、38バイトごとに挿入された1バイトのBISとから構成されている。 As shown in FIG. 5, one main data block is composed of 496 frames. The one frame has a 155-byte structure including data (38 bytes), BIS (1 byte), data (38 bytes), BIS (1 byte), and data (38 bytes). That is, one frame is composed of 152 bytes (= 38 bytes × 4) of data and 1 byte of BIS inserted every 38 bytes.

 この496フレームのメインデータブロックにおいて、31フレーム単位でアドレスユニット「Address Unit"0"」~「Address Unit"15"」が配置されている。 In this 496 frame main data block, the address units “Address Unit“ 0 ”” to “Address Unit 15” are arranged in units of 31 frames.

 また、各31フレームにおいて、先頭の3フレームにそれぞれ3つのアドレスフィールドバイトが配置されることにより、9バイト(9シンボル)からなるアドレスフィールド「AF0」~「AF15」のそれぞれが、メインデータブロック内に配置されている。すなわち、図5に示すように、以下のように配置されている。
・アドレスフィールド「AF0」を構成する、それぞれ1バイトからなるアドレスフィールドバイト「AF0,0」~「AF8,0」(全部で9バイト)は、メインデータブロックの先頭の31フレームのうちの先頭の3フレームに配置されている。
・アドレスフィールド「AF1」を構成するアドレスフィールドバイト「AF0,1」~「AF8,1」は、2番目の31フレームのうちの先頭の3フレームに配置されている。
・同様にして、アドレスフィールド「AF2」~「AF15」が、それぞれ3番目~16番目の各31フレーム内に配置されている。
Further, in each 31 frames, three address field bytes are arranged in the first three frames, so that each of address fields “AF0” to “AF15” consisting of 9 bytes (9 symbols) is stored in the main data block. Is arranged. That is, as shown in FIG. 5, they are arranged as follows.
The address field bytes “AF0,0” to “AF8,0” (9 bytes in total) that constitute the address field “AF0” are composed of the first 31 frames of the first 31 frames of the main data block. It is arranged in 3 frames.
The address field bytes “AF0,1” to “AF8,1” constituting the address field “AF1” are arranged in the first three frames of the second 31 frames.
Similarly, address fields “AF2” to “AF15” are arranged in the 31st frame to the 16th frame, respectively.

 <変形処理後のアドレスフィールド132aの一例>
 次に、図1に基づいて、本実施形態に係る光ディスク100における変形処理後のアドレスフィールド132aの一例について説明する。図1は、本実施形態に係る光ディスク100に記録されたアドレスフィールド132aの一例について説明するための図である。図1では、アドレスフィールド112a、122a、132aはそれぞれ、アドレスユニットナンバ111、121、131を4シンボル、フラグビットを1シンボル、パリティを4シンボル含んでいる。
<Example of Address Field 132a After Deformation Processing>
Next, an example of the address field 132a after the deformation process in the optical disc 100 according to the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 1 is a diagram for explaining an example of an address field 132a recorded on the optical disc 100 according to the present embodiment. In FIG. 1, each of the address fields 112a, 122a, and 132a includes four address unit numbers 111, 121, and 131, one symbol of flag bits, and four symbols of parity.

 アドレスフィールド132aに対する変形処理は、光ディスク100に対するエラー訂正符号化処理時に行われる。この変形処理とは、正常なアドレス情報とは異なるアドレス情報を生成する処理である。そして、当該アドレス情報を正常なアドレス情報に復元可能な記録再生装置において復元しなければ、アドレス情報を読み出すことができない。この変形処理の一例としては、正常なアドレス情報を示すアドレスユニットナンバを構成するビット(元のビット)の少なくとも1つを反転させるビット反転処理が挙げられる。その他、上記変形処理としては、上記記録再生装置において正常なアドレス情報に復元可能な処理であれば、フラグビットまたはパリティを構成するビット(元のビット)の少なくとも1つを反転させるビット反転処理であってもよい。 The deformation process for the address field 132a is performed during the error correction encoding process for the optical disc 100. This transformation process is a process for generating address information different from normal address information. The address information cannot be read unless the address information is restored in a recording / reproducing apparatus that can restore the normal address information. As an example of this modification process, there is a bit inversion process that inverts at least one of bits (original bits) constituting an address unit number indicating normal address information. In addition, as the modification process, a bit inversion process that inverts at least one of the flag bits or the bits (original bits) constituting the parity if the process can be restored to normal address information in the recording / reproducing apparatus. There may be.

 さらに、上記変形処理には、1つのシンボルを構成する複数のビットを、予め規定された位置(元のビットのビット位置)とは異なる位置に配置することも含まれる。例えば、図3に示すアドレスユニットナンバ「AUN3」を構成する「A24」~「A31」の配置(並び)を、「A31」、「A24」~「A30」のように変更する(並び替える)ことが挙げられる。 Furthermore, the transformation process includes arranging a plurality of bits constituting one symbol at a position different from a predetermined position (bit position of the original bit). For example, the arrangement (arrangement) of “A24” to “A31” constituting the address unit number “AUN3” shown in FIG. 3 is changed (rearranged) to “A31”, “A24” to “A30”. Is mentioned.

 また、本実施形態を含め、本願の各実施形態では、Ver1.0ディスクのアドレスフィールド112aに対しては変形処理が行われていない。すなわち、Ver1.0ディスクのみに対応するように製造された記録再生装置(第1記録再生装置、Ver1.0ドライブ)は、上記変形処理、及び、当該変形処理に対応した復元処理を実現するための機能を有していない。 Further, in each embodiment of the present application including this embodiment, the deformation process is not performed on the address field 112a of the Ver1.0 disk. In other words, the recording / reproducing apparatus (first recording / reproducing apparatus, Ver1.0 drive) manufactured so as to support only the Ver1.0 disc realizes the deformation process and the restoration process corresponding to the deformation process. Does not have the function of

 一方で、Ver2.0ディスクのアドレスフィールド122a、光ディスク100のアドレスフィールド132aに対しては、それぞれに対応した変形処理が行われている。すなわち、Ver2.0ディスクのみに対応するように製造された記録再生装置(第2記録再生装置、Ver2.0ドライブ)は、Ver2.0ディスクに対するデータ記録またはデータ再生を行うことが可能なように、アドレスフィールド122aに対して、上記変形処理、及び、当該変形処理に対応した復元処理を実現するための機能を有している。また、記録再生装置1000、5000は、少なくとも光ディスク100に対するデータ記録またはデータ再生を行うことが可能なように、アドレスフィールド132aに対して、上記変形処理、及び、当該変形処理に対応した復元処理を実現するための機能を有している。 On the other hand, deformation processing corresponding to the address field 122a of the Ver2.0 disc and the address field 132a of the optical disc 100 are performed. That is, the recording / reproducing apparatus (second recording / reproducing apparatus, Ver2.0 drive) manufactured so as to support only the Ver2.0 disc can perform data recording or data reproduction with respect to the Ver2.0 disc. The address field 122a has a function for realizing the deformation process and the restoration process corresponding to the deformation process. In addition, the recording / reproducing apparatuses 1000 and 5000 perform the above deformation process and a restoration process corresponding to the deformation process on the address field 132a so that at least data recording or data reproduction with respect to the optical disc 100 can be performed. It has a function to realize.

 上記復元処理は、変形処理されたビットを元の状態に戻し、元の状態のアドレスフィールドに復元することを指す。例えば、変形処理としてビット反転処理が行われている場合には、当該反転されたビットに対してさらにビット反転処理が行われる。そして、その復元されたアドレスフィールドビットによって構成されるアドレスフィールド単位で、アドレス情報のエラー訂正復号化処理(エラー訂正デコード)が行われる。 The above restoration processing refers to restoring the transformed bit to the original state and restoring it to the address field of the original state. For example, when bit inversion processing is performed as deformation processing, bit inversion processing is further performed on the inverted bits. Then, error correction decoding processing (error correction decoding) of the address information is performed for each address field configured by the restored address field bits.

 なお、上記の変形処理及び復元処理については、実施形態4、5にて詳述する。 Note that the deformation process and the restoration process will be described in detail in Embodiments 4 and 5.

 また、上述したように、アドレス情報のエラー訂正符号化処理については、アドレスフィールド単位で行われる。これは、アドレス情報の符号化(アドレスデコード)に関しては迅速性が要求されるためである。そのため、アドレス情報のエラー訂正能力は、アドレスフィールド112a、122a、132aのエラー訂正能力に依存するものとなる。上述のように、アドレスフィールド112a、122a、132aは、2シンボル以内の誤りを訂正できる能力を有している。 Further, as described above, the error correction encoding process of the address information is performed in units of address fields. This is because speed is required for encoding (address decoding) of address information. Therefore, the error correction capability of the address information depends on the error correction capability of the address fields 112a, 122a, 132a. As described above, the address fields 112a, 122a, and 132a have the ability to correct errors within 2 symbols.

 換言すれば、アドレスフィールド単位でのエラー訂正が行われる場合、3シンボル以上のエラー訂正は行うことができない。さらに言えば、3シンボル以上のエラーを敢えて生じさせた場合には、アドレス情報が復号できない状態となる。 In other words, when error correction is performed in units of address fields, error correction of 3 symbols or more cannot be performed. Furthermore, when an error of 3 symbols or more is intentionally generated, the address information cannot be decoded.

 この点を考慮して、光ディスク100においては、第1記録再生装置及び第2記録再生装置に対して再生不能な状態となるように、アドレスフィールド132aが構成されている。すなわち、第1記録再生装置及び第2記録再生装置において、光ディスク100に対するデータ再生を不能な状態とするためには、光ディスク100のアドレスフィールド132aに対する復号処理(アドレスデコード)をできない状態にし、データ再生のために所定の位置へのアクセスができないようにすればよい。そのために、上述した光ディスク100用の変形処理が、アドレスフィールド132aに対して実施される。すなわち、アドレスフィールド132aの一部が変形(ビット反転)される。 In consideration of this point, in the optical disc 100, the address field 132a is configured so that the first recording / reproducing apparatus and the second recording / reproducing apparatus cannot be reproduced. That is, in the first recording / reproducing apparatus and the second recording / reproducing apparatus, in order to disable the data reproduction on the optical disc 100, the decoding process (address decoding) on the address field 132a of the optical disc 100 is disabled and the data reproduction is performed. For this reason, it is only necessary to prevent access to a predetermined position. Therefore, the deformation process for the optical disc 100 described above is performed on the address field 132a. That is, a part of the address field 132a is transformed (bit inversion).

 なお、Ver2.0ディスクについても、第1記録再生装置において、光ディスク100に対するデータ再生ができない状態とするために、上述したVer2.0ディスク用の変形処理が、アドレスフィールド122aに対して実施される。すなわち、アドレスフィールド122aの一部が変形(ビット反転)される。 For the Ver2.0 disc, the above-described modification process for the Ver2.0 disc is performed on the address field 122a so that the first recording / reproducing apparatus cannot perform data reproduction with respect to the optical disc 100. . That is, a part of the address field 122a is deformed (bit inversion).

 その結果、例えば、図1に示すようなアドレスフィールド132a、122aをそれぞれ有する光ディスク100及びVer2.0ディスクが形成される。ここでは、主として、光ディスク100のアドレスフィールド132aに対して行われる変形処理の一例について説明する。 As a result, for example, an optical disc 100 and a Ver 2.0 disc having address fields 132a and 122a as shown in FIG. 1 are formed. Here, an example of deformation processing performed mainly on the address field 132a of the optical disc 100 will be described.

 光ディスク100に対するデータ記録が行われるときに、まず、Ver1.0ディスク、Ver2.0ディスクと共通するアドレス情報のエラー訂正符号化処理が、光ディスク100に対しても行われる。その後、アドレスフィールド132aの一部が変形される。図1では、アドレスフィールド132aを構成する9シンボルのうち、アドレスユニットナンバ「AUN2」、アドレスユニットナンバ「AUN0」、パリティ「Parity3」、パリティ「Parity1」に相当するアドレスフィールドバイト(4シンボル)に対して変形処理が実施されている。つまり、アドレスユニットナンバ「AUN2」、アドレスユニットナンバ「AUN0」、パリティ「Parity3」、パリティ「Parity1」の4つは、以下の(A)~(C)を満たすよう変形処理がなされたものである。 When data recording on the optical disc 100 is performed, first, error correction encoding processing of address information common to the Ver 1.0 disc and the Ver 2.0 disc is also performed on the optical disc 100. Thereafter, a part of the address field 132a is transformed. In FIG. 1, among the nine symbols constituting the address field 132a, for the address field bytes (4 symbols) corresponding to the address unit number “AUN2”, the address unit number “AUN0”, the parity “Parity3”, and the parity “Parity1”. The deformation process is implemented. That is, the address unit number “AUN2”, the address unit number “AUN0”, the parity “Parity3”, and the parity “Parity1” are modified so as to satisfy the following (A) to (C). .

 (A)アドレスフィールド132aを構成する9シンボルのうちの少なくとも3シンボルに対して、対応するVer1.0ディスクのアドレスフィールド112aからの変形処理が行われている。換言すれば、アドレスフィールド112aに対応する、アドレスフィールド132aを構成する9シンボルのうち、少なくとも3シンボルに対して変形処理が行われている。 (A) At least 3 symbols out of 9 symbols constituting the address field 132a are subjected to transformation processing from the address field 112a of the corresponding Ver1.0 disc. In other words, deformation processing is performed on at least three symbols among the nine symbols constituting the address field 132a corresponding to the address field 112a.

 上述のように、アドレスフィールドは、2シンボル以内の誤り訂正能力を持つところ、上記(A)の変形処理が行われていることにより、アドレスフィールド112aに対して4シンボルの誤りが発生した状態となっている。そのため、第1記録再生装置においては、アドレス情報(アドレスユニットナンバ「AUN0」~「AUN3」)を正しく復号できない。すなわち、第1記録再生装置において光ディスク100に対する再生処理または記録処理を行った場合には、アドレス情報(データ内アドレス)を適正に読み出すことができない。 As described above, the address field has an error correction capability of 2 symbols or less, and since the modification process (A) is performed, an error of 4 symbols occurs in the address field 112a. It has become. Therefore, the first recording / reproducing apparatus cannot correctly decode the address information (address unit numbers “AUN0” to “AUN3”). That is, when the first recording / reproducing apparatus performs the reproducing process or the recording process on the optical disc 100, the address information (address in data) cannot be properly read.

 したがって、上記(A)の変形処理が行われていることにより、第1記録再生装置においては、光ディスク100の所定の位置へのアクセス(再生アクセス)を行うことができず、再生動作が開始されることを防ぐことができる。すなわち、光ディスク100を、第1記録再生装置に対して再生不能な状態とすることができる。 Therefore, since the deformation process (A) is performed, the first recording / reproducing apparatus cannot perform access (reproduction access) to a predetermined position of the optical disc 100, and the reproduction operation is started. Can be prevented. That is, the optical disc 100 can be set in a state in which it cannot be played back with respect to the first recording / playback apparatus.

 (B)アドレスフィールド132aにおいて変形処理が行われたアドレスユニットナンバ「AUN2」、アドレスユニットナンバ「AUN0」、パリティ「Parity3」、パリティ「Parity1」(少なくとも3シンボル)のうち、アドレスユニットナンバ「AUN0」及びパリティ「Parity3」(少なくとも1シンボル)に対しては、対応するVer2.0ディスクのアドレスフィールド122aのシンボルと同じ変形処理が行われている(「第2バージョンの変形処理と同じ変形処理」)。換言すれば、アドレスフィールド132aに対して変形処理が行われた少なくとも3シンボルのうち、少なくとも1シンボルに対しては、当該1シンボルに対応する、アドレスフィールド122aを構成するシンボルに対する変形処理と同じ変形処理が行われている。 (B) The address unit number “AUN0” among the address unit number “AUN2”, the address unit number “AUN0”, the parity “Parity3”, and the parity “Parity1” (at least three symbols) subjected to the transformation process in the address field 132a. And the parity “Parity3” (at least one symbol) are subjected to the same deformation process as the symbol in the address field 122a of the corresponding Ver2.0 disk (“the same deformation process as the deformation process of the second version”). . In other words, among at least three symbols subjected to the deformation process on the address field 132a, at least one symbol is the same as the deformation process for the symbols constituting the address field 122a corresponding to the one symbol. Processing is in progress.

 上記(B)の変形処理が行われていることにより、上記少なくとも1シンボル(図1においては、アドレスユニットナンバ「AUN0」及びパリティ「Parity3」)に対する変形処理、及び、当該変形処理に対する復元処理を行う機能を、記録再生装置1000、5000と第2記録再生装置との間で共有させることができる。そのため、記録再生装置1000、5000の製造時に、第2記録再生装置の上記機能を流用することができるので、記録再生装置1000、5000の製造工程を簡略し、製造コストを軽減できる。 By performing the modification process (B), the modification process for the at least one symbol (the address unit number “AUN0” and the parity “Parity3” in FIG. 1) and the restoration process for the modification process are performed. The function to be performed can be shared between the recording / reproducing apparatuses 1000 and 5000 and the second recording / reproducing apparatus. Therefore, when the recording / reproducing apparatuses 1000 and 5000 are manufactured, the above-described function of the second recording / reproducing apparatus can be used, so that the manufacturing process of the recording / reproducing apparatuses 1000 and 5000 can be simplified and the manufacturing cost can be reduced.

 (C)アドレスフィールド132aのうち、対応するVer2.0ディスクのアドレスフィールド122aのシンボルと同じ変形処理が行われたシンボル(アドレスユニットナンバ「AUN0」およびパリティ「Parity3」)とは異なるシンボル(アドレスユニットナンバ「AUN3」~「AUN1」,フラグビット「Flag Bits」,パリティ「Parity2」~「Parity0」)のうち、
 ・Ver2.0ディスクでは変形処理されていないアドレスユニットナンバ「AUN2」及びパリティ「Parity1」に対しては、光ディスク100では変形処理が行われており、
 ・Ver2.0ディスクでは変形処理されているアドレスユニットナンバ「AUN1」とパリティ「Parity2」に対しては、光ディスク100では変形処理が行われていない(「第2バージョンとは異なる処理」)。
(C) Of the address field 132a, a symbol (address unit) different from the symbol (address unit number “AUN0” and parity “Parity3”) that has been subjected to the same transformation processing as the symbol of the address field 122a of the corresponding Ver2.0 disk. Numbers “AUN3” to “AUN1”, flag bits “Flag Bits”, parities “Parity2” to “Parity0”)
For the address unit number “AUN2” and parity “Parity1” that have not been modified in the Ver2.0 disc, the optical disc 100 has undergone transformation processing.
For the address unit number “AUN1” and the parity “Parity2” that have been modified in the Ver2.0 disc, the transformation processing is not performed in the optical disc 100 (“processing different from the second version”).

 つまり、上記(C)では、アドレスフィールド132aに対して変形処理が行われた上記少なくとも1シンボルとは異なるシンボルのうち、少なくとも3シンボルに対しては、
 (1)当該3シンボルのいずれかに対応する、アドレスフィールド122aを構成するシンボルに対して変形処理が行われていない場合には、当該変形処理が行われているか、
 (2)当該3シンボルのいずれかに対応する、アドレスフィールド122aを構成するシンボルに対して変形処理が行われている場合には、当該変形処理が行われていないか、の少なくともいずれかの対応がなされている。
That is, in (C) above, at least three symbols out of the at least one symbol subjected to the transformation process on the address field 132a are different from each other.
(1) If the transformation process is not performed on the symbols constituting the address field 122a corresponding to any of the three symbols, whether the transformation process is performed,
(2) When a deformation process is performed on a symbol corresponding to any one of the three symbols and which constitutes the address field 122a, at least one of the responses to whether the deformation process is not performed Has been made.

 上記(C)の変形処理が行われていることにより、アドレスフィールド122aに対して4シンボルの誤りが発生した状態となっている。そのため、第2記録再生装置においては、アドレス情報(アドレスユニットナンバ「AUN0」~「AUN3」)を正しく復号できない。したがって、当該変形処理が行われていることにより、上記(A)の変形処理の場合と同様に、光ディスク100を、第2記録再生装置に対して再生不能な状態とすることができる。 Since the deformation process (C) is performed, a 4-symbol error has occurred in the address field 122a. Therefore, the second recording / reproducing apparatus cannot correctly decode the address information (address unit numbers “AUN0” to “AUN3”). Therefore, as the deformation process is performed, the optical disc 100 can be made unreproducible with respect to the second recording / reproducing apparatus as in the case of the deformation process (A).

 以上のように、光ディスク100では、アドレスフィールド132aに対して、上記(A)~(C)の対応がなされている。すなわち、光ディスク100は、上記(A)~(C)の構成を有している。それゆえ、第1記録再生装置及び第2記録再生装置に光ディスク100が装填された場合に、これらの装置において光ディスク100に対する再生処理または記録処理が行われないようにすることができるので、光ディスク100に起因した第1記録再生装置及び第2記録再生装置における誤動作を防止できる。 As described above, in the optical disc 100, the above correspondences (A) to (C) are made to the address field 132a. That is, the optical disc 100 has the above-described configurations (A) to (C). Therefore, when the optical disk 100 is loaded in the first recording / reproducing apparatus and the second recording / reproducing apparatus, it is possible to prevent the reproducing process or the recording process from being performed on the optical disk 100 in these apparatuses. It is possible to prevent malfunction in the first recording / reproducing apparatus and the second recording / reproducing apparatus due to the above.

 また特に、図1では、アドレスフィールド132aにおいては、アドレスユニットナンバ131のうちの1シンボル(光ディスク100のアドレスユニットナンバ「AUN0」)に対しては、当該1シンボルに対応するアドレスフィールド122aのアドレスユニットナンバ121に対する変形処理と同じ変形処理が行われている。また、アドレスユニットナンバ131のうち、アドレスフィールド122aのアドレスユニットナンバ121に対して変形処理が行われていない2シンボルのうちの1シンボルに対応する1シンボル(光ディスク100のアドレスユニットナンバ「AUN2」)に対しては変形処理が行われている。そして、アドレスフィールド132aのパリティについても、アドレスユニットナンバ131の場合と同様に変形処理が行われている。すなわち、光ディスク100のパリティ「Parity 3」及び「Parity 1」に対して変形処理が行われている。 In particular, in FIG. 1, in the address field 132a, for one symbol in the address unit number 131 (address unit number “AUN0” of the optical disc 100), the address unit in the address field 122a corresponding to the one symbol. The same deformation process as the deformation process for the number 121 is performed. Further, in the address unit number 131, one symbol (address unit number “AUN2” of the optical disc 100) corresponding to one of the two symbols that have not been subjected to transformation processing on the address unit number 121 in the address field 122a. A deformation process is performed on. The parity of the address field 132a is also subjected to transformation processing as in the case of the address unit number 131. That is, the transformation process is performed on the parity “Parity 3” and “Parity 1” of the optical disc 100.

 上記の構成によれば、アドレスフィールド132aにおいて、アドレスユニットナンバ131及びパリティともに、それぞれ2シンボルに対して変形処理が行われている。すなわち、光ディスク100のアドレスユニットナンバ131及びパリティのいずれかに偏重した変形処理が行われておらず、偏りのない変形処理が行われている。そのため、第1記録再生装置及び第2記録再生装置では、光ディスク100のアドレスユニットナンバ131及びパリティのそれぞれにおいて、偏りなくアドレスの訂正が不可の状態(アドレス訂正エラー)を導出させることができる。それゆえ、より確実に、光ディスク100に起因した第1記録再生装置及び第2記録再生装置における誤動作を確実に防止できる。 According to the above configuration, in the address field 132a, both the address unit number 131 and the parity are subjected to transformation processing for two symbols. That is, the deformation process that is biased to either the address unit number 131 or the parity of the optical disc 100 is not performed, and the deformation process without bias is performed. Therefore, in the first recording / reproducing apparatus and the second recording / reproducing apparatus, it is possible to derive an uncorrectable state (address correction error) in each of the address unit number 131 and the parity of the optical disc 100 without deviation. Therefore, the malfunction in the first recording / reproducing apparatus and the second recording / reproducing apparatus due to the optical disc 100 can be surely prevented.

 また、図1では、アドレスフィールド112aに対応するアドレスフィールド122aを構成する9シンボルのうち、少なくとも3シンボルに対しても変形処理が行われている。より具体的には、アドレスフィールド112aのアドレスユニットナンバ111に対応する、アドレスフィールド122aのアドレスユニットナンバ131を構成する2シンボルに対して変形処理が行われているとともに、アドレスフィールド112aのパリティに対応する、アドレスフィールド122aのパリティを構成する2シンボルに対して変形処理が行われている。 Also, in FIG. 1, the deformation process is performed on at least three symbols among the nine symbols constituting the address field 122a corresponding to the address field 112a. More specifically, the two symbols constituting the address unit number 131 of the address field 122a corresponding to the address unit number 111 of the address field 112a are subjected to transformation processing and correspond to the parity of the address field 112a. The transformation process is performed on the two symbols constituting the parity of the address field 122a.

 このため、Ver2.0ディスクについても、上記(A)と同様に、Ver2.0ディスクに起因した第1記録再生装置における誤動作を防止することができる。 For this reason, the malfunction of the first recording / reproducing apparatus due to the Ver 2.0 disc can be prevented for the Ver 2.0 disc as well as (A).

 したがって、光ディスク100において、アドレスフィールド122aに対する上記変形処理を前提として、上記(A)~(C)の変形処理が行われていることにより、従来の誤動作の防止を行うことができる状況(Ver2.0ディスクに起因した第1記録再生装置における誤動作)を変更することなく、上記第1記録再生装置及び第2記録再生装置における誤動作を防止可能な光ディスク100を提供することができる。 Therefore, in the optical disc 100, assuming that the deformation process for the address field 122a is performed, the deformation processes (A) to (C) are performed, so that a conventional malfunction can be prevented (Ver2. It is possible to provide the optical disc 100 capable of preventing the malfunction in the first recording / reproducing apparatus and the second recording / reproducing apparatus without changing the malfunction in the first recording / reproducing apparatus due to the zero disc.

 なお、上述のように、光ディスク100に起因した第1記録再生装置及び第2記録再生装置における誤動作を防止するためには、光ディスク100は、少なくとも上記(A)~(C)の構成を有していればよい。 As described above, in order to prevent malfunctions in the first recording / reproducing device and the second recording / reproducing device due to the optical disc 100, the optical disc 100 has at least the configurations (A) to (C). It only has to be.

 (変形例)
 次に、図6に基づいて、光ディスク100に記録されたアドレスフィールド132aの変形例について説明する。図6は、当該変形例を説明するための図である。
(Modification)
Next, a modification of the address field 132a recorded on the optical disc 100 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 6 is a diagram for explaining the modified example.

 図1の例では、光ディスク100において、アドレスユニットナンバ131及びパリティともに、2シンボルずつ変形処理(ビット反転処理)を行っている。すなわち、図1の例では、光ディスク100では、アドレスユニットナンバ131及びパリティのいずれかに偏重して変形処理が行われておらず、偏りのない変形処理が行われている。これにより、より確実に、光ディスク100に起因した第1記録再生装置及び第2記録再生装置における誤動作を確実に防止できる。しかし、この点を考慮しなければ、当該構成に限らず、アドレスユニットナンバ131及びパリティのいずれかに偏重した変形処理が行われていてもよい。なお、Ver2.0ディスクについても同様であってよい。 In the example of FIG. 1, in the optical disc 100, both the address unit number 131 and the parity are subjected to deformation processing (bit inversion processing) by two symbols. In other words, in the example of FIG. 1, in the optical disc 100, the deformation process is not performed with a bias on either the address unit number 131 or the parity, and the deformation process without a bias is performed. Thereby, it is possible to reliably prevent malfunction in the first recording / reproducing apparatus and the second recording / reproducing apparatus due to the optical disc 100. However, if this point is not taken into account, the present invention is not limited to this configuration, and deformation processing that is biased to either the address unit number 131 or the parity may be performed. The same applies to Ver2.0 discs.

 例えば、図6では、Ver2.0ディスクのアドレスフィールド122aの9シンボル全てに対して変形処理が行われている場合に、アドレスフィールド132aのアドレスユニットナンバ「AUN3」~「AUN1」の3シンボルについては、アドレスフィールド122aと異なり変形処理が行われていない。一方、それ以外のアドレスユニットナンバ「AUN0」、フラグビット「Flag bits」、パリティ「Parity 3」~「Parity 0」については、アドレスフィールド122aと同様に変形処理が行われている。 For example, in FIG. 6, when transformation processing is performed for all nine symbols in the address field 122a of the Ver2.0 disc, the three symbols of the address unit numbers “AUN3” to “AUN1” in the address field 132a are Unlike the address field 122a, no deformation process is performed. On the other hand, other address unit numbers “AUN0”, flag bits “Flag bits”, and parities “Parity 3” to “Parity 0” are subjected to transformation processing in the same manner as the address field 122a.

 この場合も、上記(A)~(C)を満たすため、光ディスク100に起因した第1記録再生装置及び第2記録再生装置における誤動作を防止できる。 Also in this case, since the above (A) to (C) are satisfied, malfunctions in the first recording / reproducing apparatus and the second recording / reproducing apparatus due to the optical disc 100 can be prevented.

 その他、例えば、Ver2.0ディスクのアドレスフィールド122aのうち、アドレスユニットナンバ「AUN3」~「AUN1」の3シンボルについては変形処理が行われておらず、それ以外のアドレスユニットナンバ「AUN0」、フラグビット「Flag bits」、パリティ「Parity 3」~「Parity 0」については変形処理が行われている場合に、光ディスク100のアドレスフィールド132aの9シンボル全てに対して変形処理が行われていてもよい。 In addition, for example, in the address field 122a of the Ver2.0 disc, the transformation processing is not performed for the three symbols of the address unit numbers “AUN3” to “AUN1”, and other address unit numbers “AUN0”, flags For the bits “Flag bits” and the parities “Parity 3” to “Parity 0”, the deformation process may be performed on all nine symbols in the address field 132a of the optical disc 100. .

 すなわち、アドレスユニットナンバ121とアドレスユニットナンバ131との間で、対応する9シンボルのうち少なくとも3シンボルにおいて、一方については変形処理が行われ、他方については行われていないというように、互いに反転した処理(反転処理)が行われていればよい。また、上記のような反転処理は、パリティ「Parity 3」~「Parity 0」側で行われてもよく、フラグビット「Flag bits」を構成するシンボルを上記の反転
処理対象としてもよい。
That is, between the address unit number 121 and the address unit number 131, at least three of the corresponding nine symbols are reversed with respect to each other, such that one is subjected to transformation processing and the other is not performed. It suffices if processing (reversal processing) is performed. Further, the inversion process as described above may be performed on the parity “Parity 3” to “Parity 0” side, and the symbols constituting the flag bits “Flag bits” may be the target of the inversion process.

 つまり、少なくとも上記(A)~(C)を満たすのであれば、光ディスク100のアドレスフィールド132aのいずれのシンボルに対して変形処理が行われていてもよい。 That is, as long as at least the above (A) to (C) are satisfied, the deformation process may be performed on any symbol in the address field 132a of the optical disc 100.

 〔実施形態2〕
 本発明の他の実施形態について、図7および図8に基づいて説明すれば、以下のとおりである。なお、説明の便宜上、前記実施形態にて説明した部材と同じ機能を有する部材については、同じ符号を付記し、その説明を省略する。
[Embodiment 2]
The following will describe another embodiment of the present invention with reference to FIGS. For convenience of explanation, members having the same functions as those described in the embodiment are given the same reference numerals, and descriptions thereof are omitted.

 <変形処理後のアドレスフィールド132aの一例>
 まず、図7に基づいて、本実施形態に係る光ディスク100における変形処理後のアドレスフィールド132aの一例について説明する。図7は、本実施形態に係る光ディスク100に記録されたアドレスフィールド132aの一例について説明するための図である。
<Example of Address Field 132a After Deformation Processing>
First, an example of the address field 132a after the deformation process in the optical disc 100 according to the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 7 is a diagram for explaining an example of the address field 132a recorded on the optical disc 100 according to the present embodiment.

 図7においても、少なくとも上記(A)~(C)を満たすように、光ディスク100のアドレスフィールド132aに対する変形処理が行われている。また、Ver2.0ディスクに対する変形処理は、実施形態1の図1と同じである。 Also in FIG. 7, the deformation process for the address field 132a of the optical disc 100 is performed so as to satisfy at least the above (A) to (C). Further, the deformation process for the Ver2.0 disc is the same as that in FIG.

 図7では、Ver2.0ディスクのアドレスユニットナンバ121のうち、変形処理が行われているのは、アドレスユニットナンバ「AUN1」及びアドレスユニットナンバ「AUN0」である。一方、光ディスク100においては、アドレスユニットナンバ131のうち、最下位シンボルであるアドレスユニットナンバ「AUN0」に対して変形処理が行われている。 In FIG. 7, the address unit number “AUN1” and the address unit number “AUN0” are subjected to the deformation processing among the address unit numbers 121 of the Ver2.0 disc. On the other hand, in the optical disc 100, the modification processing is performed on the address unit number “AUN0” which is the lowest symbol among the address unit numbers 131.

 換言すれば、アドレスフィールド132aのアドレスユニットナンバ131のうち、当該アドレスユニットナンバ131に対応するアドレスフィールド122aのアドレスユニットナンバ121に対する変形処理と同じ変形処理が行われているシンボルは、アドレスユニットナンバ「AUN0」である。そして、このアドレスユニットナンバ「AUN0」は、変形処理が行われている、Ver2.0ディスクのアドレスユニットナンバ121のうちの最下位シンボルに対応するシンボルである。 In other words, among the address unit numbers 131 in the address field 132a, a symbol that has been subjected to the same transformation process as that for the address unit number 121 in the address field 122a corresponding to the address unit number 131 is the address unit number “ AUN0 ". The address unit number “AUN0” is a symbol corresponding to the lowest symbol of the address unit numbers 121 of the Ver2.0 disc on which the deformation process is being performed.

 一般に、第1記録再生装置において、読み取ったアドレスユニットナンバがインクリメントしているかどうかで、アドレスを正しく読み取ることができたかどうかを判断する場合、アドレスユニットナンバの下位シンボルからアドレスを正しく読み取ることができたかを判断していく。 In general, in the first recording / reproducing apparatus, when it is determined whether the address has been correctly read based on whether the read address unit number has been incremented, the address can be correctly read from the lower symbols of the address unit number. I will judge.

 アドレスフィールド132aに対して上記のように変形処理が行われていることによって、第1記録再生装置に光ディスク100が装填された場合に、第1記録再生装置は、光ディスク100から読み取ったアドレスユニットナンバ131をインクリメントすることができないため、アドレス情報のエラー訂正(アドレス訂正)を行うことができない。そのため、第1記録再生装置においては、光ディスク100が再生不能な情報記録媒体として扱われる。 Since the deformation process is performed on the address field 132a as described above, when the optical disc 100 is loaded in the first recording / reproducing device, the first recording / reproducing device reads the address unit number read from the optical disc 100. Since 131 cannot be incremented, error correction (address correction) of address information cannot be performed. Therefore, in the first recording / reproducing apparatus, the optical disc 100 is handled as an information recording medium that cannot be reproduced.

 本実施形態に係る光ディスク100の構成によれば、第1記録再生装置において、より確実にアドレス訂正エラーを導出させることができるので、光ディスク100に起因した第1記録再生装置における誤動作を確実に防止できる。さらに、上記装填後の初期の段階で、光ディスク100に起因した第1記録再生装置における誤動作を防止できる。 According to the configuration of the optical disc 100 according to the present embodiment, an address correction error can be more reliably derived in the first recording / reproducing apparatus, so that erroneous operation in the first recording / reproducing apparatus caused by the optical disc 100 can be reliably prevented. it can. Furthermore, malfunction in the first recording / reproducing apparatus due to the optical disc 100 can be prevented in the initial stage after the loading.

 (変形例)
 次に、図8に基づいて、光ディスク100に記録されたアドレスフィールド132aの変形例について説明する。図8は、当該変形例を説明するための図である。
(Modification)
Next, a modified example of the address field 132a recorded on the optical disc 100 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 8 is a diagram for explaining the modified example.

 図8では、変形処理が行われている、Ver2.0ディスクのアドレスユニットナンバ121のうちの最下位シンボルがアドレスユニットナンバ「AUN1」であるため、光ディスク100においても、アドレスユニットナンバ「AUN1」に対して変形処理が行われている。 In FIG. 8, since the least significant symbol of the address unit number 121 of the Ver 2.0 disc that is being subjected to the deformation process is the address unit number “AUN1”, the address unit number “AUN1” is also used in the optical disc 100. On the other hand, deformation processing is performed.

 すなわち、アドレスユニットナンバ131の最下位シンボルにおいて変形処理が行われている必要は必ずしもなく、アドレスユニットナンバ131において、少なくとも「変形処理が行われている、Ver2.0ディスクのアドレスユニットナンバ121のうちの最下位シンボルに対応するシンボル」に対して変形処理が行われていればよい。 That is, it is not always necessary to perform the transformation process on the lowest symbol of the address unit number 131. In the address unit number 131, at least “of the address unit number 121 of the Ver2.0 disk on which the transformation process is being performed”. It is only necessary that the deformation process is performed on the “symbol corresponding to the least significant symbol”.

 この構成の場合も、光ディスク100に起因した第1記録再生装置における誤動作を確実に防止できる。 Also in this configuration, malfunction in the first recording / reproducing apparatus due to the optical disc 100 can be reliably prevented.

 〔実施形態3〕
 本発明のさらに他の実施形態について、図9に基づいて説明すれば、以下のとおりである。なお、説明の便宜上、前記実施形態にて説明した部材と同じ機能を有する部材については、同じ符号を付記し、その説明を省略する。
[Embodiment 3]
The following will describe still another embodiment of the present invention with reference to FIG. For convenience of explanation, members having the same functions as those described in the embodiment are given the same reference numerals, and descriptions thereof are omitted.

 図9においても、少なくとも上記(A)~(C)を満たすように、光ディスク100のアドレスフィールド132aに対する変形処理が行われている。また、Ver2.0ディスクに対する変形処理は、実施形態1の図1と同じである。 Also in FIG. 9, the deformation process is performed on the address field 132a of the optical disc 100 so as to satisfy at least the above (A) to (C). Further, the deformation process for the Ver2.0 disc is the same as that in FIG.

 本実施形態では、光ディスク100のアドレスフィールド132aにおいては、アドレスユニットナンバ131のうち、対応するVer2.0ディスクのアドレスユニットナンバ121に変形処理が行われていない2シンボルのうち下位の1シンボルに対して、対応するVer1.0ディスクのアドレスユニットナンバ111のシンボルと異なるように変形処理が行われている。 In the present embodiment, in the address field 132a of the optical disc 100, the lower one of the two symbols of the address unit number 131 that is not subjected to the transformation process on the address unit number 121 of the corresponding Ver2.0 disc. Therefore, the deformation process is performed differently from the symbol of the address unit number 111 of the corresponding Ver1.0 disk.

 図9の例では、Ver2.0ディスクのアドレスユニットナンバ121に変形処理が行われていない2シンボルは、アドレスユニットナンバ「AUN3」、「AUN2」である。すなわち、当該2シンボルのうち下位シンボルは、アドレスユニットナンバ「AUN2」となる。そこで、同図においては、光ディスク100のアドレスユニットナンバ131のうち、アドレスユニットナンバ「AUN2」に対して変形処理が行われている。 In the example of FIG. 9, the two symbols that have not undergone transformation processing on the address unit number 121 of the Ver2.0 disc are the address unit numbers “AUN3” and “AUN2”. That is, the lower symbol of the two symbols is the address unit number “AUN2”. Therefore, in the figure, the modification process is performed on the address unit number “AUN2” of the address unit numbers 131 of the optical disc 100.

 一般に、アドレスユニットナンバは、下位シンボルからインクリメントされていくため、上位シンボルよりも、下位シンボルの方が先に値が変化する。光ディスク100では、Ver2.0ディスクにおいては変形処理が行われていない下位シンボル(図9では、アドレスユニットナンバ「AUN2」)に対して変形処理が行われている。そのため、本実施形態に係る光ディスク100が第2記録再生装置に装填された場合には、第2記録再生装置は、Ver2.0ディスクの場合よりも当該シンボルの値の変化を多く検出することになる。 Generally, since the address unit number is incremented from the lower symbol, the value of the lower symbol changes before the upper symbol. In the optical disc 100, the deformation process is performed on the lower symbol (the address unit number “AUN2” in FIG. 9) that is not subjected to the deformation process in the Ver2.0 disk. Therefore, when the optical disc 100 according to the present embodiment is loaded in the second recording / reproducing device, the second recording / reproducing device detects more change in the value of the symbol than in the case of the Ver2.0 disc. Become.

 つまり、第2記録再生装置では、アドレスユニットナンバ「AUN2」において、Ver2.0ディスクが装填された場合とは異なる値の変化が生じるため、光ディスク100のアドレス訂正を行うことができない。そのため、第2記録再生装置においては、光ディスク100が再生不能な情報記録媒体として扱われる。 That is, in the second recording / reproducing apparatus, the address unit number “AUN2” changes in value different from that when a Ver2.0 disc is loaded, and thus the address of the optical disc 100 cannot be corrected. Therefore, in the second recording / reproducing apparatus, the optical disc 100 is handled as an information recording medium that cannot be reproduced.

 本実施形態に係る光ディスク100の構成によれば、第2記録再生装置において、より確実にアドレス訂正エラーを導出させることができるので、光ディスク100に起因した第2記録再生装置における誤動作を確実に防止できる。さらに、上記装填後の初期の段階で、光ディスク100に起因した第2記録再生装置における誤動作を防止できる。 According to the configuration of the optical disc 100 according to the present embodiment, an address correction error can be more reliably derived in the second recording / reproducing apparatus, so that erroneous operation in the second recording / reproducing apparatus caused by the optical disc 100 can be reliably prevented. it can. Furthermore, malfunction in the second recording / reproducing apparatus due to the optical disc 100 can be prevented in the initial stage after the loading.

 〔実施形態4〕
 本発明のさらに他の実施形態について、図10~図13に基づいて説明すれば、以下の通りである。なお、説明の便宜上、前記実施形態にて説明した部材と同じ機能を有する部材については、同じ符号を付記し、その説明を省略する。
[Embodiment 4]
The following will describe still another embodiment of the present invention with reference to FIGS. For convenience of explanation, members having the same functions as those described in the embodiment are given the same reference numerals, and descriptions thereof are omitted.

 <記録再生装置1000の構成>
 図10は、本実施形態の記録再生装置1000(再生装置)の構成を示す機能ブロック図である。記録再生装置1000は、Ver3.0ディスクとしての光ディスク100向けの記録再生装置であり、外部に設けられたAVシステム20に接続されている。
<Configuration of recording / reproducing apparatus 1000>
FIG. 10 is a functional block diagram showing the configuration of the recording / reproducing apparatus 1000 (reproducing apparatus) of the present embodiment. The recording / reproducing apparatus 1000 is a recording / reproducing apparatus for the optical disc 100 as a Ver3.0 disc, and is connected to the AV system 20 provided outside.

 記録再生装置1000は、スピンドルモータ2、スレッド機構3、マトリクス回路4、リーダ/ライタ回路5、変復調回路6、ECCエンコーダ/デコーダ7(エラー訂正復号部)、ウォブル回路8、アドレスデコーダ9、システムコントローラ10、サーボ回路11、スピンドルサーボ回路12、およびレーザドライバ13を備えている。 The recording / reproducing apparatus 1000 includes a spindle motor 2, a thread mechanism 3, a matrix circuit 4, a reader / writer circuit 5, a modulation / demodulation circuit 6, an ECC encoder / decoder 7 (error correction decoding unit), a wobble circuit 8, an address decoder 9, and a system controller. 10, a servo circuit 11, a spindle servo circuit 12, and a laser driver 13.

 記録再生装置1000は、光ディスク100に対する記録(データ記録)時に、後述の図11のフローチャートに示された処理S1~S6を実行する。また、記録再生装置1000は、光ディスク100に対する再生(データ再生)時に、後述の図12のフローチャートに示された処理S11~S15を実行する。 The recording / reproducing apparatus 1000 executes processes S1 to S6 shown in the flowchart of FIG. 11 to be described later at the time of recording (data recording) on the optical disc 100. Further, the recording / reproducing apparatus 1000 executes processes S11 to S15 shown in the flowchart of FIG. 12 to be described later during reproduction (data reproduction) with respect to the optical disc 100.

 光ディスク100は、ターンテーブル(不図示)上に積載されている。スピンドルモータ2は、光ディスク100に対する記録時または再生時に、光ディスク100を、一定線速度(Constant Linear Velocity,CLV)に回転駆動する。 The optical disc 100 is loaded on a turntable (not shown). The spindle motor 2 rotationally drives the optical disc 100 at a constant linear velocity (Constant Linear Velocity, CLV) during recording or reproduction with respect to the optical disc 100.

 光ディスク100が再生専用タイプのディスクである場合、光学ピックアップ1は、光ディスク100上のエンボスピット列によるトラックから、ユーザデータやデータ内アドレス等の情報を読み出す。 When the optical disc 100 is a read-only disc, the optical pickup 1 reads out information such as user data and addresses in the data from a track formed by an emboss pit row on the optical disc 100.

 他方、光ディスク100が記録可能タイプのディスクである場合、光学ピックアップ1は、光ディスク100上のグルーブトラックのウォブリングとして埋め込まれた、ADIP(Address In Pre-groove)情報を読み出す。 On the other hand, when the optical disc 100 is a recordable type disc, the optical pickup 1 reads out ADIP (Address In Pre-groove) information embedded as wobbling of the groove track on the optical disc 100.

 光ディスク100に対する記録時には、光学ピックアップ1は、メインデータを、トラックに相変化マークや色素変化マークとして記録する。 At the time of recording on the optical disc 100, the optical pickup 1 records the main data on the track as a phase change mark or a dye change mark.

 また、光ディスク100に対する再生時には、光学ピックアップ1は、記録時に光学ピックアップ1によって記録されたマーク(ユーザデータ及びデータ内アドレス等)を、トラックから読み出す。 Further, at the time of reproduction with respect to the optical disc 100, the optical pickup 1 reads marks (user data, addresses in the data, etc.) recorded by the optical pickup 1 at the time of recording from the track.

 光学ピックアップ1の内部には、(i)レーザ光源としてのレーザダイオード、(ii)複数の受光素子によって形成された、反射光を検出するためのフォトディテクタ、および、(iii)レーザ光の出力端となる対物レンズ等、が設けられている。そして、光学ピックアップ1の内部には、対物レンズを介してレーザ光を光ディスク100の記録面に照射し、また、レーザ光が記録面によって反射されることにより生じた反射光を、フォトディテクタに導く光学系(不図示)が形成されている。 The optical pickup 1 includes (i) a laser diode as a laser light source, (ii) a photodetector for detecting reflected light formed by a plurality of light receiving elements, and (iii) an output end of the laser light. An objective lens or the like is provided. In the optical pickup 1, laser light is irradiated onto the recording surface of the optical disc 100 through the objective lens, and the reflected light generated by the reflection of the laser light on the recording surface is guided to the photodetector. A system (not shown) is formed.

 レーザダイオードは、405nm付近の波長を有する青色レーザを出力する。また、上述の光学系による開口数(Numerical Aperture,NA)は、約0.85である。なお、当該波長及び開口数はこれに限られず、光ディスク100の種類または種別(バージョン)によって規定された波長及び開口数であればよい。 The laser diode outputs a blue laser having a wavelength near 405 nm. Further, the numerical aperture (Numerical Aperture, NA) by the above-described optical system is about 0.85. Note that the wavelength and numerical aperture are not limited to this, and may be any wavelength and numerical aperture defined by the type or type (version) of the optical disc 100.

 光学ピックアップ1の内部において、対物レンズは、二軸機構によってトラッキング方向およびフォーカス方向の両方に、移動可能に保持されている。また、光学ピックアップ1の全体は、スレッド機構3により、ディスク半径方向に移動可能であるように構成されている。 In the optical pickup 1, the objective lens is held movably in both the tracking direction and the focus direction by a biaxial mechanism. The entire optical pickup 1 is configured to be movable in the disk radial direction by the thread mechanism 3.

 レーザドライバ13は、光学ピックアップ1の内部に設けられたレーザダイオードに、ドライブ信号(ドライブ電流)を与え、レーザダイオードの発光動作を制御する。 The laser driver 13 gives a drive signal (drive current) to the laser diode provided in the optical pickup 1 to control the light emitting operation of the laser diode.

 光ディスク100からの反射光の受光量を示す反射光情報は、光学ピックアップ1の内部に設けられたフォトディテクタによって検出される。反射光情報は、フォトディテクタにおいて受光光量に応じた電気信号(すなわち出力電流)へ変換された後に、マトリクス回路4に供給される。 Reflected light information indicating the amount of reflected light from the optical disc 100 is detected by a photodetector provided inside the optical pickup 1. The reflected light information is supplied to the matrix circuit 4 after being converted into an electrical signal (ie, output current) corresponding to the amount of received light by the photodetector.

 マトリクス回路4には、フォトディテクタからの出力電流を電圧に変換する電流電圧変換回路、および、マトリクス演算/増幅回路等を備えている。マトリクス回路4は、マトリクス演算処理により、必要な信号を生成する。 The matrix circuit 4 includes a current-voltage conversion circuit that converts an output current from the photodetector into a voltage, a matrix calculation / amplification circuit, and the like. The matrix circuit 4 generates necessary signals by matrix calculation processing.

 マトリクス回路4は、例えば、再生データに相当する高周波信号(再生データ信号)、サーボ制御のためのフォーカスエラー信号、トラッキングエラー信号等を生成する。マトリクス回路4は、さらに、グルーブのウォブリングに係る信号、すなわち、ウォブリングを検出する信号として、プッシュプル信号を生成する。 The matrix circuit 4 generates, for example, a high frequency signal (reproduction data signal) corresponding to reproduction data, a focus error signal for servo control, a tracking error signal, and the like. The matrix circuit 4 further generates a push-pull signal as a signal related to the wobbling of the groove, that is, a signal for detecting wobbling.

 マトリクス回路4は、(i)再生データ信号をリーダ/ライタ回路5へ、(ii)フォーカスエラー信号およびトラッキングエラー信号をサーボ回路11へ、(iii)プッシュプル信号をウォブル回路8へ、それぞれ与える。 The matrix circuit 4 gives (i) a reproduction data signal to the reader / writer circuit 5, (ii) a focus error signal and a tracking error signal to the servo circuit 11, and (iii) a push-pull signal to the wobble circuit 8, respectively.

 リーダ/ライタ回路5は、再生データ信号に対して、2値化処理およびPLLによる再生クロック生成処理等の処理を行うことにより、光学ピックアップ1により読み出されたデータを再生する。リーダ/ライタ回路5は、再生したデータを変復調回路6に与える。 The reader / writer circuit 5 reproduces the data read by the optical pickup 1 by performing processing such as binarization processing and reproduction clock generation processing by PLL on the reproduction data signal. The reader / writer circuit 5 gives the reproduced data to the modulation / demodulation circuit 6.

 変復調回路6は、再生時のデコーダとしての機能部位と、記録時のエンコーダとしての機能部位を備える。変復調回路6は、再生時にはデコード処理として、再生クロックに基づき、RLL(1,7)PP変調に対する復調処理を行う。なお、変調方式はこれに限らず、8/16変調、(2,7)RLL変調等の変調方式が用いられてもよい。 The modulation / demodulation circuit 6 includes a functional part as a decoder during reproduction and a functional part as an encoder during recording. The modulation / demodulation circuit 6 performs a demodulation process on the RLL (1, 7) PP modulation based on the reproduction clock as a decoding process at the time of reproduction. The modulation method is not limited to this, and a modulation method such as 8/16 modulation or (2,7) RLL modulation may be used.

 ECCエンコーダ/デコーダ7は、記録時にエラー訂正コードを付加するECCエンコード処理と、再生時にエラー訂正を行うECCデコード(エラー訂正復号)処理とを行う。 The ECC encoder / decoder 7 performs an ECC encoding process for adding an error correction code during recording and an ECC decoding (error correction decoding) process for performing error correction during reproduction.

 ECCエンコーダ/デコーダ7は、再生時には、変復調回路6において復調されたデータを内部メモリに取り込み、エラー検出/訂正処理およびデインターリーブ等の処理を行うことにより、再生データを得る。 The ECC encoder / decoder 7 obtains reproduced data by reproducing the data demodulated by the modulation / demodulation circuit 6 into an internal memory and performing processing such as error detection / correction processing and deinterleaving during reproduction.

 ECCエンコーダ/デコーダ7は、システムコントローラ10の指示に基づき、再生データにまでデコードされたデータを読み出す。そして、ECCエンコーダ/デコーダ7は、システムコントローラ10の指示に基づき、再生データをAV(Audio-Visual)システム20へ転送する。 The ECC encoder / decoder 7 reads the data decoded to the reproduction data based on the instruction of the system controller 10. Then, the ECC encoder / decoder 7 transfers the reproduction data to an AV (Audio-Visual) system 20 based on an instruction from the system controller 10.

 また、ECCエンコーダ/デコーダ7は、デコードされたデータ内アドレス(アドレスユニットナンバ「AUN0」~「AUN3」)を、システムコントローラ10に与える。システムコントローラ10は、デコードされたデータ内アドレスを、アクセス処理等に用いる。 Also, the ECC encoder / decoder 7 gives the decoded in-data address (address unit numbers “AUN0” to “AUN3”) to the system controller 10. The system controller 10 uses the decoded in-data address for access processing or the like.

 ウォブル回路8は、マトリクス回路4から出力された、グルーブのウォブリングに係る信号としてのプッシュプル信号を処理する。ウォブル回路8は、ADIP情報としてのプッシュプル信号をMSK(Minimum Shift Keying)復調/STW(Saw Tooth Wobble)復調する。また、ウォブル回路8は、ADIPアドレスを構成するデータストリームに復調した後に、アドレスデコーダ9に与える。 The wobble circuit 8 processes the push-pull signal output from the matrix circuit 4 as a signal related to groove wobbling. The wobble circuit 8 demodulates the push-pull signal as ADIP information by MSK (Minimum Shift Keying) demodulation / STW (Saw Tooth Wobble) demodulation. The wobble circuit 8 demodulates the data stream that constitutes the ADIP address, and then gives it to the address decoder 9.

 アドレスデコーダ9は、与えられたデータに対してデコードを行い、アドレス値を得る。アドレスデコーダ9は、アドレス値をシステムコントローラ10に与える。 The address decoder 9 decodes the given data to obtain an address value. The address decoder 9 gives an address value to the system controller 10.

 また、アドレスデコーダ9は、ウォブル回路8から与えられたウォブル信号を用いて、PLL処理によってクロックを生成する。アドレスデコーダ9は、クロックを、記録時のエンコードクロック等として各部に与える。 The address decoder 9 generates a clock by PLL processing using the wobble signal given from the wobble circuit 8. The address decoder 9 supplies a clock to each unit as an encoding clock at the time of recording.

 記録時には、AVシステム20からECCエンコーダ/デコーダ7へ記録データが転送される。ECCエンコーダ/デコーダ7は、内部に設けられたメモリに記録データを送り、記録データをバッファリングする。 During recording, recording data is transferred from the AV system 20 to the ECC encoder / decoder 7. The ECC encoder / decoder 7 sends recording data to a memory provided therein, and buffers the recording data.

 この場合、ECCエンコーダ/デコーダ7は、バッファリングされた記録データに対するエンコード処理として、エラー訂正コード付加、インターリーブ、サブコードの付加等を行う。 In this case, the ECC encoder / decoder 7 performs error correction code addition, interleaving, sub-code addition, and the like as encoding processing for the buffered recording data.

 ECCエンコーダ/デコーダ7においてエンコード処理されたデータは、変復調回路6に与えられる。変復調回路6は、エンコード処理されたデータに対して、RLL(1,7)PP方式の変調を施し、変調後のデータをリーダ/ライタ回路5に与える。 The data encoded by the ECC encoder / decoder 7 is given to the modulation / demodulation circuit 6. The modulation / demodulation circuit 6 performs RLL (1, 7) PP modulation on the encoded data, and supplies the modulated data to the reader / writer circuit 5.

 記録時において、これらのエンコード処理のための基準クロックとなるエンコードクロックは、上述したように、ウォブル信号から生成したクロックを用いる。 As described above, the clock generated from the wobble signal is used as the reference clock for the encoding process during recording.

 リーダ/ライタ回路5は、エンコード処理により生成された記録データに対する記録補償処理として、記録層の特性、レーザ光のスポット形状、記録線速度等に対する最適記録パワーの微調整、およびレーザパルス波形の調整等を行う。リーダ/ライタ回路5は、記録補償処理を行った後、レーザパルスをレーザドライバ13に与える。 The reader / writer circuit 5 performs fine adjustment of the optimum recording power with respect to the characteristics of the recording layer, the spot shape of the laser beam, the recording linear velocity, and the adjustment of the laser pulse waveform as the recording compensation process for the recording data generated by the encoding process. Etc. The reader / writer circuit 5 gives a laser pulse to the laser driver 13 after performing the recording compensation process.

 レーザドライバ13は、レーザパルスを、光学ピックアップ1の内部に設けられたレーザダイオードに与え、レーザの発光動作を制御する。これにより、光ディスク100に、記録データに応じたマークが形成される。 The laser driver 13 applies a laser pulse to a laser diode provided inside the optical pickup 1 to control the light emission operation of the laser. Thereby, a mark corresponding to the recording data is formed on the optical disc 100.

 なお、レーザドライバ13は、APC(Auto Power Control)回路を備えており、光学ピックアップ1の内部に設けられたレーザパワーのモニタ用ディテクタの出力に基づきレーザ出力パワーを監視し、レーザの出力が温度等によらず一定となるように制御する。また、記録時および再生時のレーザ出力の目標値は、システムコントローラ10からレーザドライバ13に与えられる。レーザドライバ13は、記録時および再生時に、それぞれのレーザ出力レベルが、目標値に一致するように制御する。 The laser driver 13 includes an APC (Auto Power Control) circuit, and monitors the laser output power based on the output of a laser power monitoring detector provided in the optical pickup 1, and the laser output is a temperature. Control so as to be constant regardless of the like. The target value of the laser output at the time of recording and reproduction is given from the system controller 10 to the laser driver 13. The laser driver 13 performs control so that the respective laser output levels coincide with the target values during recording and reproduction.

 サーボ回路11は、マトリクス回路4から与えられたフォーカスエラー信号およびトラッキングエラー信号に応じて、フォーカス、トラッキング、スレッドの各種サーボドライブ信号を生成し、サーボ動作を実行する。 The servo circuit 11 generates various servo drive signals for focus, tracking, and sled according to the focus error signal and tracking error signal given from the matrix circuit 4, and executes the servo operation.

 すなわち、サーボ回路11は、フォーカスエラー信号およびトラッキングエラー信号に応じて、フォーカスドライブ信号およびトラッキングドライブ信号を生成し、光学ピックアップ1の内部に設けられた二軸機構のフォーカスコイルおよびトラッキングコイルを駆動する。 That is, the servo circuit 11 generates a focus drive signal and a tracking drive signal according to the focus error signal and the tracking error signal, and drives the focus coil and tracking coil of the biaxial mechanism provided in the optical pickup 1. .

 これにより、光学ピックアップ1、マトリクス回路4、サーボ回路11、および二軸機構による、トラッキングサーボループおよびフォーカスサーボループが形成される。 Thereby, a tracking servo loop and a focus servo loop are formed by the optical pickup 1, the matrix circuit 4, the servo circuit 11, and the biaxial mechanism.

 また、サーボ回路11は、システムコントローラ10からのトラックジャンプ指令に応じて、トラッキングサーボループをオフとし、かつ、ジャンプドライブ信号を出力することにより、トラックジャンプ動作を実行させる。 The servo circuit 11 executes a track jump operation by turning off the tracking servo loop and outputting a jump drive signal in response to a track jump command from the system controller 10.

 また、サーボ回路11は、トラッキングエラー信号の低域成分として得られるスレッドエラー信号、およびシステムコントローラ10からのアクセス実行制御等に基づき、スレッドドライブ信号を生成し、スレッド機構3を駆動する。 Also, the servo circuit 11 generates a thread drive signal based on the thread error signal obtained as a low frequency component of the tracking error signal and access execution control from the system controller 10 and drives the thread mechanism 3.

 スレッド機構3は、図示されていないが、光学ピックアップ1を保持するメインシャフト、スレッドモータ、伝達ギア等によって構成された機構を有している。スレッド機構3において、スレッドドライブ信号に応じてスレッドモータを駆動することにより、光学ピックアップ1のスライド移動が行なわれる。 Although not shown, the sled mechanism 3 has a mechanism constituted by a main shaft that holds the optical pickup 1, a sled motor, a transmission gear, and the like. In the sled mechanism 3, the optical pickup 1 is slid by driving a sled motor in accordance with a sled drive signal.

 スピンドルサーボ回路12は、スピンドルモータ2をCLV回転させるための制御を行う。スピンドルサーボ回路12は、ウォブル信号に対するPLL処理によって生成されるクロックを、現在のスピンドルモータ2の回転速度情報として取得する。スピンドルサーボ回路12は、回転速度情報と所定のCLV基準速度情報とを比較し、スピンドルエラー信号を生成する。 The spindle servo circuit 12 performs control for rotating the spindle motor 2 at CLV. The spindle servo circuit 12 acquires the clock generated by the PLL process for the wobble signal as the current rotation speed information of the spindle motor 2. The spindle servo circuit 12 compares the rotational speed information with predetermined CLV reference speed information, and generates a spindle error signal.

 また、データ再生時においては、リーダ/ライタ回路5の内部に設けられたPLLによって生成される再生クロック(デコード処理の基準となるクロック)が、現在のスピンドルモータ2の回転速度情報となる。従って、再生クロックと所定のCLV基準速度情報とを比較し、スピンドルエラー信号を生成することもできる。 Further, at the time of data reproduction, a reproduction clock (clock serving as a reference for decoding processing) generated by a PLL provided in the reader / writer circuit 5 becomes the current rotation speed information of the spindle motor 2. Accordingly, the spindle error signal can be generated by comparing the recovered clock with predetermined CLV reference speed information.

 スピンドルサーボ回路12は、スピンドルエラー信号に応じて生成したスピンドルドライブ信号を出力し、スピンドルモータ2がCLV回転するように動作させる。 The spindle servo circuit 12 outputs a spindle drive signal generated according to the spindle error signal, and operates the spindle motor 2 so as to perform CLV rotation.

 また、スピンドルサーボ回路12は、システムコントローラ10から与えられたスピンドルキック/ブレーキ制御信号に応じて、スピンドルドライブ信号を発生させ、スピンドルモータ2の起動、停止、加速、および減速等の各種の動作を制御する。 The spindle servo circuit 12 generates a spindle drive signal in response to a spindle kick / brake control signal given from the system controller 10 and performs various operations such as starting, stopping, accelerating, and decelerating the spindle motor 2. Control.

 上述のサーボ系および記録再生系の各種動作は、マイクロコンピュータ等によって形成されたシステムコントローラ10により制御される。 The various operations of the servo system and the recording / reproducing system described above are controlled by a system controller 10 formed by a microcomputer or the like.

 システムコントローラ10は、例えば、AVシステム20から書込命令(ライトコマンド)が出された場合には、書き込むべきアドレスに光学ピックアップ1を移動させる。 For example, when a writing command (write command) is issued from the AV system 20, the system controller 10 moves the optical pickup 1 to an address to be written.

 そしてシステムコントローラ10は、ECCエンコーダ/デコーダ7、変復調回路6に、AVシステム20から転送されたデータ(例えば、MPEG2などの各種方式のビデオデータ、およびオーディオデータ等)に対する上述のエンコード処理を実行させる。 Then, the system controller 10 causes the ECC encoder / decoder 7 and the modulation / demodulation circuit 6 to perform the above-described encoding process on the data transferred from the AV system 20 (for example, video data of various systems such as MPEG2 and audio data). .

 そして上述したように、リーダ/ライタ回路5からのレーザパルスが、レーザドライバ13に与えられることにより、記録が実行される。 Then, as described above, the laser pulse from the reader / writer circuit 5 is given to the laser driver 13 to perform recording.

 また、システムコントローラ10は、AVシステム20から、光ディスク100に記録されている所定のデータ(MPEG2ビデオデータ等)の転送を求めるリードコマンドが供給された場合には、指示されたアドレスを目的としてシーク動作制御を行う。すなわち、システムコントローラ10は、サーボ回路11に指令を出し、シークコマンドにより指定されたアドレスをターゲットとするアクセス動作を、光学ピックアップ1に行わせる。 In addition, when a read command for transferring predetermined data (MPEG2 video data or the like) recorded on the optical disc 100 is supplied from the AV system 20, the system controller 10 seeks for the designated address. Perform motion control. That is, the system controller 10 issues a command to the servo circuit 11 to cause the optical pickup 1 to perform an access operation targeting the address designated by the seek command.

 その後、システムコントローラ10は、指示されたデータ区間のデータをAVシステム20に転送するために必要な動作制御を行う。 Thereafter, the system controller 10 performs operation control necessary for transferring the data in the designated data section to the AV system 20.

 すなわち、システムコントローラ10は、リーダ/ライタ回路5、変復調回路6、およびECCエンコーダ/デコーダ7の動作を制御し、光ディスク100からのデータ読み出し、デコード/バファリング等を実行させ、要求されたデータを転送する。 That is, the system controller 10 controls the operations of the reader / writer circuit 5, the modulation / demodulation circuit 6, and the ECC encoder / decoder 7 to read data from the optical disc 100, execute decoding / buffering, etc. Forward.

 なお、システムコントローラ10は、これらのデータ記録再生時には、ECCエンコーダ/デコーダ7によって得られるデータ内アドレスを用いて、所定位置へのアクセスおよび記録再生の動作を制御する。 The system controller 10 controls the access to a predetermined position and the recording / reproducing operation using the address in the data obtained by the ECC encoder / decoder 7 at the time of data recording / reproducing.

 記録再生装置1000の構成によれば、光ディスク100に対しての記録または再生時において、データ内アドレスを適正に読み出すことができる。従って、光ディスク100に対する適正な再生動作、記録動作が可能となる。なお、光ディスク100に対しての記録または再生時のそれぞれの動作の詳細については、後述する。 According to the configuration of the recording / reproducing apparatus 1000, the address in the data can be appropriately read during recording or reproduction with respect to the optical disc 100. Accordingly, it is possible to perform proper reproduction and recording operations on the optical disc 100. The details of each operation during recording or reproduction with respect to the optical disc 100 will be described later.

 なお、図10においては、記録再生装置1000は、AVシステム20に接続されているが、記録再生装置1000の接続される対象は、AVシステム20に限定されない。例えば、記録再生装置1000は、パーソナルコンピュータ等と接続されてもよい。 In FIG. 10, the recording / reproducing apparatus 1000 is connected to the AV system 20, but the target to which the recording / reproducing apparatus 1000 is connected is not limited to the AV system 20. For example, the recording / reproducing apparatus 1000 may be connected to a personal computer or the like.

 さらに、記録再生装置1000は、他の機器に接続されない構成であってもよい。その場合には、記録再生装置1000に操作部や表示部等が設けられ、データ入出力のインターフェース部位の構成は、図10に示された構成とは異なる。つまり、記録再生装置1000は、ユーザの操作に応じて記録または再生が行われるとともに、各種データの入出力のための端子部が形成される。 Further, the recording / reproducing apparatus 1000 may be configured not to be connected to other devices. In this case, the recording / reproducing apparatus 1000 is provided with an operation unit, a display unit, and the like, and the configuration of the interface portion for data input / output is different from the configuration shown in FIG. That is, the recording / reproducing apparatus 1000 performs recording or reproduction according to a user's operation, and forms a terminal unit for inputting / outputting various data.

 また、他にも様々な記録再生装置1000の構成例が考えられる。記録再生装置1000は、例えば、記録専用装置、または再生専用装置として構成されてもよい。 In addition, various configuration examples of the recording / reproducing apparatus 1000 are conceivable. The recording / reproducing apparatus 1000 may be configured as, for example, a recording-only apparatus or a reproduction-only apparatus.

 <記録処理>
 図11は、記録再生装置1000における、Ver3.0ディスクとしての光ディスク100に対する記録動作の処理の流れの一例を示すフローチャートである。なお、以下の説明では、図1に示す変形処理が行われる光ディスク100を例に挙げて説明する。
<Recording process>
FIG. 11 is a flowchart showing an example of the flow of a recording operation for the optical disc 100 as a Ver3.0 disc in the recording / reproducing apparatus 1000. In the following description, the optical disc 100 on which the deformation process shown in FIG. 1 is performed will be described as an example.

 ECCエンコーダ/デコーダ7は、データ内アドレスの光ディスク100への記録のため、記録すべきアドレスユニットナンバ「AUN0」~「AUN3」およびフラグデータ(フラグビット「Flag Bits」)を発生させる(処理S1)。続いて、ECCエンコーダ/デコーダ7は、ECCエンコードを行う(処理S2)。 The ECC encoder / decoder 7 generates address unit numbers “AUN0” to “AUN3” and flag data (flag bits “Flag Bits”) to be recorded for recording the in-data addresses on the optical disc 100 (processing S1). . Subsequently, the ECC encoder / decoder 7 performs ECC encoding (processing S2).

 次に、ECCエンコーダ/デコーダ7は、4つのアドレスユニットナンバ「AUN0」~「AUN3」と、1つのフラグデータとからなる5シンボルに対して、4シンボルのパリティ(「Parity 0」~「Parity 3」)を生成する。そして、ECCエンコーダ/デコーダ7は、シンボルに対する変形処理として、アドレスユニットナンバ「AUN2」,アドレスユニットナンバ「AUN0」,パリティ「Parity 3」,パリティ「Parity 1」の4シンボルについてビット反転処理を行う(処理S3)。 Next, the ECC encoder / decoder 7 uses four symbol parity (“Parity 0” to “Parity 3” for five symbols including four address unit numbers “AUN0” to “AUN3” and one flag data. )). Then, the ECC encoder / decoder 7 performs bit inversion processing on the four symbols of the address unit number “AUN2”, the address unit number “AUN0”, the parity “Parity」 3 ”, and the parity“ Parity 」1” as deformation processing for the symbols ( Process S3).

 ECCエンコーダ/デコーダ7は、ビット反転処理後の上記シンボルを含む各種シンボルに対して、ECCエンコードブロックとしてのアドレスフィールド132aを形成する(処理S4)。すなわち、ECCエンコーダ/デコーダ7は、ビット反転処理されたアドレスユニットナンバ131、フラグデータ及びパリティに対して、アドレスフィールドバイトを割り当てることにより、アドレスフィールド132aを形成する。 The ECC encoder / decoder 7 forms an address field 132a as an ECC encoding block for various symbols including the symbol after the bit inversion processing (processing S4). That is, the ECC encoder / decoder 7 forms an address field 132a by allocating address field bytes to the address unit number 131, flag data, and parity subjected to bit inversion processing.

 ECCエンコーダ/デコーダ7は、ECCエンコードブロックとしてのアドレスフィールド132aを、変復調回路6に与える。変復調回路6は、アドレスフィールド132aをRLL(1,7)PP変調することにより、変調信号を生成する(処理S5)。 The ECC encoder / decoder 7 gives an address field 132a as an ECC encoding block to the modulation / demodulation circuit 6. The modem circuit 6 generates a modulated signal by performing RLL (1, 7) PP modulation on the address field 132a (processing S5).

 そして、変復調回路6において生成された変調信号に基づき、リーダ/ライタ回路5は、記録補償処理を行った後に、レーザパルスをレーザドライバ13に与える。レーザドライバ13が、レーザパルスに基づき、光学ピックアップ1の内部に設けられたレーザダイオードを駆動することにより、光ディスク100にデータが記録される(処理S6)。 Then, based on the modulation signal generated in the modem circuit 6, the reader / writer circuit 5 gives a laser pulse to the laser driver 13 after performing a recording compensation process. The laser driver 13 drives a laser diode provided inside the optical pickup 1 based on the laser pulse, whereby data is recorded on the optical disc 100 (processing S6).

 上述の処理S1~S6が、Ver3.0ディスクに対応する記録再生装置である記録再生装置1000によって行われる。例えば、光ディスク100が記録可能タイプであれば、記録再生装置1000における記録時に、上述のアドレスに関する処理が行われる。 The above-described processes S1 to S6 are performed by the recording / reproducing apparatus 1000 which is a recording / reproducing apparatus corresponding to the Ver3.0 disc. For example, if the optical disc 100 is a recordable type, the above-described processing relating to the address is performed during recording in the recording / reproducing apparatus 1000.

 また、光ディスク100として再生専用タイプのディスクを想定する場合は、上述のアドレスに関する処理が、ディスク原盤のマスタリング工程において行われる。その場合、後述のマスタリング装置700(後述の図13を参照)が、記録再生装置1000に相当する記録装置となる。 Further, when a read-only type disc is assumed as the optical disc 100, the above-described processing relating to the address is performed in the mastering process of the master disc. In this case, a mastering device 700 (see FIG. 13 described later) described later is a recording device corresponding to the recording / reproducing device 1000.

 <再生処理>
 図12は、記録再生装置1000における、Ver3.0ディスクとしての光ディスク100に対する再生動作の処理の流れの一例を示すフローチャートである。なお、以下の説明では、図1に示す変形処理が行われた光ディスク100を例に挙げて説明する。
<Reproduction processing>
FIG. 12 is a flowchart showing an example of the flow of processing of the reproducing operation for the optical disc 100 as the Ver3.0 disc in the recording / reproducing apparatus 1000. In the following description, the optical disk 100 on which the deformation process shown in FIG. 1 is performed will be described as an example.

  (処理S11~S15:記録再生装置1000の場合)
 処理S11~S15は、上述の処理S1~S6によってアドレス記録が行われた光ディスク100を、記録再生装置1000(すなわち、Ver3.0ディスクに対応する記録再生装置)によって再生する場合の処理の一例である。
(Processing S11 to S15: In the case of the recording / reproducing apparatus 1000)
Processes S11 to S15 are examples of processes when the optical disk 100 on which address recording has been performed by the above-described processes S1 to S6 is reproduced by the recording / reproducing apparatus 1000 (that is, a recording / reproducing apparatus corresponding to a Ver3.0 disk). is there.

 ECCエンコーダ/デコーダ7は、光ディスク100から読み出された情報を、マトリクス回路4、リーダ/ライタ回路5、および変復調回路6を介して復調する(処理S11)。 The ECC encoder / decoder 7 demodulates the information read from the optical disc 100 via the matrix circuit 4, the reader / writer circuit 5, and the modem circuit 6 (processing S11).

 処理S11により、ECCエンコーダ/デコーダ7は、アドレスフィールド「AF0」~「AF15」を構成する各アドレスフィールドバイトのデータを取得する。但し、前述の記録動作時の処理S3におけるシンボルに対する変形処理によって、所定のアドレスフィールドバイトのデータにはビット反転処理が施されている。 Through the processing S11, the ECC encoder / decoder 7 acquires data of each address field byte constituting the address fields “AF0” to “AF15”. However, the bit inversion process is performed on the data of the predetermined address field byte by the deformation process for the symbol in the process S3 during the recording operation.

 このため、ECCエンコーダ/デコーダ7は、シンボルに対する復元処理を行う。図1の場合を例に挙げると、ECCエンコーダ/デコーダ7は、例えば、アドレスフィールド132aを構成する9シンボルのうち、アドレスユニットナンバ「AUN2」,アドレスユニットナンバ「AUN0」,パリティ「Parity 3」,パリティ「Parity 1」の4シンボルについて、ビット反転処理を行う(処理S12)。 Therefore, the ECC encoder / decoder 7 performs a restoration process on the symbol. Taking the case of FIG. 1 as an example, the ECC encoder / decoder 7 includes, for example, an address unit number “AUN2”, an address unit number “AUN0”, a parity “Parity 3”, among 9 symbols constituting the address field 132a, Bit inversion processing is performed for the four symbols of the parity “Parity 1” (processing S12).

 処理S12における上記シンボルに対する復元処理の後に、ECCエンコーダ/デコーダ7は、元のアドレスフィールドのデータを形成する(処理S13)。すなわち、ECCエンコーダ/デコーダ7は、処理S12に対する復元処理を行うことにより、処理S3に示す変形処理前のアドレスフィールド132aを得る。そして、ECCエンコーダ/デコーダ7は、ECCデコードを行う(処理S14)。 After the restoration process for the symbol in process S12, the ECC encoder / decoder 7 forms the original address field data (process S13). That is, the ECC encoder / decoder 7 obtains an address field 132a before the transformation process shown in the process S3 by performing a restoration process for the process S12. Then, the ECC encoder / decoder 7 performs ECC decoding (processing S14).

 処理S14により、ECCエンコーダ/デコーダ7によって、アドレス情報(アドレスユニットナンバ「AUN0」~「AUN3」)が正しく復号される。また、復号されたアドレス情報は、ECCエンコーダ/デコーダ7から、システムコントローラ10に与えられる(処理S15)。 In step S14, the ECC encoder / decoder 7 correctly decodes the address information (address unit numbers “AUN0” to “AUN3”). The decoded address information is given from the ECC encoder / decoder 7 to the system controller 10 (processing S15).

 すなわち、ECCエンコーダ/デコーダ7は、光ディスク100に記録されたアドレスフィールド132aにおいて、変形処理が行われているシンボルを元の状態に戻し、ECCデコード処理を行う。このため、記録再生装置1000は、光ディスク100のアドレスフィールドを正しく訂正し、少なくともデータ再生を行うことができる。すなわち、記録再生装置1000は、第1記録再生装置及び第2記録再生装置による再生が不能な光ディスク100(すなわち、Ver3.0ディスク)に対して、少なくともデータ再生が可能である。 That is, the ECC encoder / decoder 7 restores the symbol subjected to the deformation process to the original state in the address field 132a recorded on the optical disc 100, and performs the ECC decoding process. For this reason, the recording / reproducing apparatus 1000 can correct at least the address field of the optical disc 100 and perform at least data reproduction. That is, the recording / reproducing apparatus 1000 can at least reproduce data from the optical disc 100 (that is, a Ver3.0 disc) that cannot be reproduced by the first recording / reproducing device and the second recording / reproducing device.

  (処理S16~S19:Ver2.0ディスクに対応する記録再生装置の場合)
 一方、処理S16~S19は、上述の処理S1~S6によってアドレス記録が行われた光ディスク100を、Ver2.0ディスクに対応する第2記録再生装置(すなわち、記録再生装置1000とは異なる記録再生装置)(Ver2.0対応再生装置)によって再生する場合の処理の一例である。
(Processing S16 to S19: In the case of a recording / reproducing apparatus corresponding to a Ver 2.0 disc)
On the other hand, in steps S16 to S19, the optical disc 100 on which address recording has been performed by the above-described steps S1 to S6 is performed on the second recording / reproducing device corresponding to the Ver 2.0 disc (that is, a recording / reproducing device different from the recording / reproducing device 1000) ) Is an example of processing in the case of reproduction by (Ver2.0 compatible reproduction device).

 なお、処理S16の前のステップである処理S11は、上述の記録再生装置1000による処理と同様であるため、説明を省略する。 Note that the processing S11, which is the step before the processing S16, is the same as the processing by the recording / reproducing apparatus 1000 described above, and thus the description thereof is omitted.

 第2記録再生装置が備えるECCエンコーダ/デコーダは、シンボルに対する復元処理を行う。図1の場合を例に挙げると、ECCエンコーダ/デコーダは、例えば、アドレスフィールド132aを構成する9シンボルのうち、アドレスユニットナンバ「AUN1」,アドレスユニットナンバ「AUN0」,パリティ「Parity 3」,パリティ「Parity 2」の4シンボルについて、ビット反転処理を行う(処理S16)。 The ECC encoder / decoder provided in the second recording / reproducing apparatus performs a restoration process on the symbol. Taking the case of FIG. 1 as an example, the ECC encoder / decoder, for example, out of 9 symbols constituting the address field 132a, address unit number “AUN1”, address unit number “AUN0”, parity “Parity「 3 ”, parity Bit inversion processing is performed for the four symbols “Parity 2” (processing S16).

 処理S16における上記シンボルに対する復元処理の後に、ECCエンコーダ/デコーダは、元のアドレスフィールドのデータを形成する(処理S17)。 After the restoration process for the symbol in process S16, the ECC encoder / decoder forms the original address field data (process S17).

 但し、記録時の処理S3におけるシンボルに対する変形処理により、アドレスフィールド132aを構成する所定のアドレスフィールドバイトのデータ(アドレスユニットナンバ「AUN2」,アドレスユニットナンバ「AUN0」,パリティ「Parity 3」,パリティ「Parity 1」に相当するアドレスフィールドバイト)には、ビット反転処理が施されている。 However, data of a predetermined address field byte constituting the address field 132a (address unit number “AUN2”, address unit number “AUN0”, parity “Parity 3”, parity “Parity“ 3 ”) is generated by the transformation process on the symbol in the process S3 at the time of recording. Bit field inversion processing is applied to an address field byte corresponding to “Parity 1”.

 そして、ECCエンコーダ/デコーダは、ECCデコードを行う。すなわち、上述のビット反転処理が施された各アドレスフィールドバイトのデータ(アドレスユニットナンバ「AUN2」,アドレスユニットナンバ「AUN0」,パリティ「Parity 3」,パリティ「Parity 1」)に対して、ECCデコードが行われる(処理S18)。 The ECC encoder / decoder performs ECC decoding. That is, ECC decoding is performed on the data of each address field byte subjected to the above bit inversion processing (address unit number “AUN2”, address unit number “AUN0”, parity “Parity 3”, parity “Parity 1”). Is performed (step S18).

 各アドレスフィールドバイトに対してECCデコードが行われる時、アドレスフィールド132aを構成するアドレスフィールドバイトの一部のデータは、ECCエンコード(処理S2)時の値とは異なる値となる。 When ECC decoding is performed on each address field byte, a part of the data of the address field byte constituting the address field 132a is different from the value at the time of ECC encoding (processing S2).

 例えば、アドレスフィールド「AF0」に関して、アドレスユニットナンバ「AUN2」,アドレスユニットナンバ「AUN0」,パリティ「Parity 3」,パリティ「Parity 1」に相当するアドレスフィールドバイトである「AF1,0」、「AF3,0」、「AF5,0」、「AF7,0」は、ビット反転処理による変形処理が施されたシンボル値となる。 For example, regarding the address field “AF0”, the address unit number “AUN2”, the address unit number “AUN0”, the parity “ParityPar3”, and the address field bytes corresponding to the parity “Parity 1” “AF1, 0”, “AF3” , 0 ”,“ AF5, 0 ”, and“ AF7, 0 ”are symbol values that have been subjected to transformation processing by bit inversion processing.

 アドレスフィールドは、上述のとおり2シンボル以下の誤り訂正能力を有しているが、この場合、アドレスフィールド132aには、4シンボルの誤りが発生している。 The address field has an error correction capability of 2 symbols or less as described above. In this case, an error of 4 symbols occurs in the address field 132a.

 従って、処理S18において、ECCエンコーダ/デコーダによって、アドレス情報(アドレスユニットナンバ「AUN0」~「AUN3」)は正しく復号されない。エラー訂正結果は「DF」(Decode Failure:エラー訂正失敗)となる(処理S19)。 Therefore, in step S18, the address information (address unit numbers “AUN0” to “AUN3”) is not correctly decoded by the ECC encoder / decoder. The error correction result is “DF” (Decode Failure: error correction failure) (processing S19).

 上述した通り、第2記録再生装置では、Ver3.0ディスクとしての光ディスク100の再生時に、データ内アドレスを適正に読み出すことができない。 As described above, the second recording / reproducing apparatus cannot properly read the address in the data when reproducing the optical disc 100 as the Ver3.0 disc.

 従って、第2記録再生装置では、光ディスク100に対して適切に再生アクセスを行うことができず、再生動作は開始されない。換言すれば、Ver3.0ディスクは、第2記録再生装置によって再生不能である。 Therefore, the second recording / reproducing apparatus cannot appropriately perform reproduction access to the optical disc 100, and the reproduction operation is not started. In other words, the Ver3.0 disc cannot be played back by the second recording / playback apparatus.

  (処理S20~S22:Ver1.0ディスクに対応する記録再生装置の場合)
 また、処理S20~S22は、上述の処理S1~S6によってアドレス記録が行われた光ディスク100を、Ver1.0ディスクに対応する第1記録再生装置(すなわち、記録再生装置1000とは異なる記録再生装置)(Ver1.0対応再生装置)によって再生する場合の処理の一例である。
(Processing S20 to S22: In the case of a recording / reproducing apparatus corresponding to a Ver1.0 disc)
In steps S20 to S22, the optical disc 100 on which address recording has been performed by the above-described steps S1 to S6 is performed on the first recording / reproducing device corresponding to the Ver1.0 disc (that is, a recording / reproducing device different from the recording / reproducing device 1000). ) Is an example of processing in the case of playback by (Ver1.0 compatible playback device).

 なお、処理S20の前のステップである処理S11は、上述の記録再生装置1000による処理と同様であるため、説明を省略する。 Note that the processing S11, which is the step before the processing S20, is the same as the processing performed by the recording / reproducing apparatus 1000 described above, and a description thereof will be omitted.

 第1記録再生装置が備えるECCエンコーダ/デコーダは、ECCエンコーダ/デコーダは、元のアドレスフィールドのデータを形成する(処理S20)。 The ECC encoder / decoder provided in the first recording / reproducing apparatus forms the data of the original address field (process S20).

 但し、記録時の処理S3におけるシンボルの変形処理により、アドレスフィールド132aを構成する所定のアドレスフィールドバイトのデータ(アドレスユニットナンバ「AUN2」,アドレスユニットナンバ「AUN0」,パリティ「Parity 3」,パリティ「Parity 1」に相当するアドレスフィールドバイト)には、ビット反転処理が施されている。 However, the data of predetermined address field bytes constituting the address field 132a (address unit number “AUN2”, address unit number “AUN0”, parity “Parity 3”, parity “ Bit field inversion processing is applied to an address field byte corresponding to “Parity 1”.

 そして、ECCエンコーダ/デコーダは、ECCデコードを行う。すなわち、上述のビット反転処理が施された各アドレスフィールドバイトのデータ(アドレスユニットナンバ「AUN2」,アドレスユニットナンバ「AUN0」,パリティ「Parity 3」,パリティ「Parity 1」に相当するアドレスフィールドバイト)に対して、ECCデコードが行われる(処理S21)。 The ECC encoder / decoder performs ECC decoding. That is, data of each address field byte subjected to the above bit inversion processing (address field byte corresponding to address unit number “AUN2”, address unit number “AUN0”, parity “Parity 3”, parity “Parity 1”) In contrast, ECC decoding is performed (step S21).

 各アドレスフィールドに対してECCデコードが行われる時、アドレスフィールド132aを構成するアドレスフィールドの一部のデータは、ECCエンコード(処理S2)時の値とは異なる値となる。 When ECC decoding is performed on each address field, a part of the data in the address field constituting the address field 132a has a value different from the value at the time of ECC encoding (processing S2).

 例えば、アドレスフィールド「AF0」に関して、アドレスユニットナンバ「AUN2」,アドレスユニットナンバ「AUN0」,パリティ「Parity 3」,パリティ「Parity 1」に相当するアドレスフィールドバイトである「AF1,0」、「AF3,0」、「AF5,0」、「AF7,0」は、ビット反転処理による変形処理が施されたシンボル値となる。 For example, regarding the address field “AF0”, the address unit number “AUN2”, the address unit number “AUN0”, the parity “ParityPar3”, and the address field bytes corresponding to the parity “Parity 1” “AF1, 0”, “AF3” , 0 ”,“ AF5, 0 ”, and“ AF7, 0 ”are symbol values that have been subjected to transformation processing by bit inversion processing.

 アドレスフィールドは、上述のとおり2シンボル以下の誤り訂正能力を有しているが、この場合、アドレスフィールド132aには、4シンボルの誤りが発生している。 The address field has an error correction capability of 2 symbols or less as described above. In this case, an error of 4 symbols occurs in the address field 132a.

 従って、ECCエンコーダ/デコーダによって、アドレス情報(アドレスユニットナンバ「AUN0」~「AUN3」)は正しく復号されない。エラー訂正結果は「DF」となる(処理S22)。 Therefore, the address information (address unit numbers “AUN0” to “AUN3”) is not correctly decoded by the ECC encoder / decoder. The error correction result is “DF” (processing S22).

 上述した通り、第1記録再生装置では、Ver3.0ディスクとしての光ディスク100の再生時に、データ内アドレスを適正に読み出すことができない。 As described above, the first recording / reproducing apparatus cannot properly read the address in the data when reproducing the optical disc 100 as the Ver3.0 disc.

 従って、第1記録再生装置では、光ディスク100に対して適切に再生アクセス、記録アクセスを行うことができず、再生動作は開始されない。換言すれば、Ver3.0ディスクは、第1記録再生装置によって再生不能である。 Therefore, the first recording / reproducing apparatus cannot appropriately perform reproduction access and recording access to the optical disc 100, and the reproduction operation is not started. In other words, the Ver3.0 disc cannot be played back by the first recording / playback apparatus.

 従って、本実施形態の記録再生装置1000は、第1記録再生装置および第2記録再生装置では少なくとも再生不能である光ディスク100に対応した記録再生装置である。すなわち、記録再生装置1000は、Ver3.0ディスク向けの記録再生装置であると言える。 Therefore, the recording / reproducing apparatus 1000 of this embodiment is a recording / reproducing apparatus corresponding to the optical disc 100 that is at least unreproducible in the first recording / reproducing apparatus and the second recording / reproducing apparatus. That is, it can be said that the recording / reproducing apparatus 1000 is a recording / reproducing apparatus for Ver3.0 disc.

 なお、再生専用タイプのVer3.0ディスクの場合は、グルーブが存在しないため、上述のようにデータ内アドレスを読出不能とすることで、Ver1.0ディスクに対応する記録再生装置、および、Ver2.0ディスクに対応する記録再生装置による再生を不能とできる。 In the case of a read-only type Ver3.0 disc, since there is no groove, by making the in-data address unreadable as described above, a recording / playback device corresponding to the Ver1.0 disc, and Ver2. Playback by the recording / playback apparatus corresponding to the 0 disk can be disabled.

 なお、上述の図11の例では、処理S3において、アドレスフィールド132aを構成する9シンボルの内、4シンボルについてビット反転処理が行われている。本例の場合、アドレスフィールドの訂正能力は、3シンボルエラー未満である。従って、処理S3では、少なくとも3シンボル以上にビット反転処理を行えばよい。 In the example of FIG. 11 described above, bit inversion processing is performed for 4 symbols out of 9 symbols constituting the address field 132a in the processing S3. In this example, the correction capability of the address field is less than 3 symbol errors. Accordingly, in the process S3, the bit inversion process may be performed on at least three symbols or more.

 (マスタリング装置700)
 光ディスク100の製造プロセスは、大別すると、原盤工程(マスタリングプロセス)と、ディスク化工程(レプリケーションプロセス)とに区分される。
(Mastering device 700)
The manufacturing process of the optical disc 100 is roughly divided into a master disc process (mastering process) and a disc forming process (replication process).

 原盤工程は、ディスク化工程において用いられる金属原盤(スタンパ)を完成するまでのプロセスである。ディスク化工程は、スタンパを用いて、その複製である光ディスク100を大量生産するプロセスである。 The master disc process is a process until a metal master disc (stamper) used in the disc making process is completed. The disc forming step is a process for mass-producing the optical disc 100 that is a duplicate of the disc using a stamper.

 原盤工程は、より詳細に言えば、研磨したガラス基板にフォトレジストを塗布した後に、この感光膜にレーザビームによる露光によってピットまたはグルーブを形成するカッティングを行うプロセスである。 More specifically, the master disk process is a process in which a photoresist is applied to a polished glass substrate, and then cutting is performed to form pits or grooves on the photosensitive film by exposure with a laser beam.

 本実施形態の場合、光ディスク100のPBゾーンに相当する部分において、プリレコーデッド情報に基づいたウォブリングによるグルーブのカッティングが行われる。また、光ディスク100のRWゾーンに相当する部分において、ADIPアドレスに基づいたウォブリングによるグルーブのカッティングが行われる。記録されるプリレコーデッド情報は、プリマスタリングと呼ばれる準備工程において準備される。 In the case of the present embodiment, groove cutting by wobbling based on pre-recorded information is performed in a portion corresponding to the PB zone of the optical disc 100. Further, in the portion corresponding to the RW zone of the optical disc 100, the groove is cut by wobbling based on the ADIP address. The pre-recorded information to be recorded is prepared in a preparation process called pre-mastering.

 カッティングが終了すると、現像等の所定の処理が行われた後、例えば電鋳によって金属表面上への情報の転送が行われる。その結果、ディスクの複製に必要なスタンパが作成される。 When the cutting is completed, a predetermined process such as development is performed, and then information is transferred onto the metal surface by, for example, electroforming. As a result, a stamper necessary for disk duplication is created.

 次に、このスタンパを用いて、例えばインジェクション法によって、樹脂基板上に情報を転写する。そして、反射膜が生成された後、必要なディスク形態に加工する等の処理が行われることにより、最終製品(すなわち、光ディスク100)が完成される。 Next, using this stamper, information is transferred onto the resin substrate by, for example, an injection method. Then, after the reflective film is generated, the final product (that is, the optical disc 100) is completed by performing processing such as processing into a necessary disc shape.

 図13は、本実施形態のマスタリング装置700の構成を示す機能ブロック図である。マスタリング装置700は、光ディスク100が再生専用タイプのディスクである場合に、記録再生装置1000に相当する記録装置として機能する。 FIG. 13 is a functional block diagram showing the configuration of the mastering apparatus 700 of this embodiment. The mastering apparatus 700 functions as a recording apparatus corresponding to the recording / reproducing apparatus 1000 when the optical disk 100 is a reproduction-only type disk.

 マスタリング装置700は、プリレコーデッド情報発生部71、アドレス発生部72、切替部73、カッティング部74、およびシステムコントローラ70を備えている。 The mastering device 700 includes a prerecorded information generation unit 71, an address generation unit 72, a switching unit 73, a cutting unit 74, and a system controller 70.

 プリレコーデッド情報発生部71は、プリマスタリング工程において準備されたプリレコーデッド情報を出力する。アドレス発生部72は、絶対アドレスとしてのアドレスの値を順次出力する。切替部73は、プリレコーデッド情報発生部71とカッティング部74との接続状態、および、アドレス発生部72とカッティング部74との接続状態を、それぞれ切り替えるスイッチである。 The prerecorded information generating unit 71 outputs prerecorded information prepared in the premastering process. The address generator 72 sequentially outputs address values as absolute addresses. The switching unit 73 is a switch that switches between a connection state between the pre-recorded information generation unit 71 and the cutting unit 74 and a connection state between the address generation unit 72 and the cutting unit 74.

 カッティング部74は、無機レジスト等が塗布されたガラス基板110にレーザビームを照射することによりカッティングを行なう光学部として、レーザ光源82、変調部83、およびカッティングヘッド部84を備えている。 The cutting unit 74 includes a laser light source 82, a modulation unit 83, and a cutting head unit 84 as optical units that perform cutting by irradiating the glass substrate 110 coated with an inorganic resist or the like with a laser beam.

 カッティング部74は、さらに、(i)入力データを記録データに変換し、上述の光学部に供給する信号処理部81と、(ii)ガラス基板110を回転駆動およびスライド移送する基板回転/移送部85と、(iii)基板回転/移送部85の位置から、カッティング位置がPBゾーンまたはRWゾーンのいずれにあるかを判別するセンサ86と、を有する。 The cutting unit 74 further includes (i) a signal processing unit 81 that converts input data into recording data and supplies the recording data to the optical unit, and (ii) a substrate rotation / transfer unit that rotationally drives and slides the glass substrate 110. 85, and (iii) a sensor 86 that determines whether the cutting position is in the PB zone or the RW zone from the position of the substrate rotation / transfer section 85.

 変調部83は、レーザ光源82からの出射光を記録データに基づいて変調する。変調部83には、レーザ光源82からの出射光をオン/オフする音響光学型の光変調器と、レーザ光源82からの出射光をウォブル生成信号に基づいて偏向する音響光学型の光偏向器とが設けられている。 The modulator 83 modulates the light emitted from the laser light source 82 based on the recording data. The modulation unit 83 includes an acousto-optic light modulator that turns on and off the light emitted from the laser light source 82 and an acousto-optic light deflector that deflects the light emitted from the laser light source 82 based on the wobble generation signal. And are provided.

 カッティングヘッド部84は、変調部83からの変調ビームを集光し、ガラス基板110のフォトレジスト面に照射する。 The cutting head unit 84 condenses the modulated beam from the modulation unit 83 and irradiates the photoresist surface of the glass substrate 110.

 基板回転/移送部85は、(i)ガラス基板110を回転させる回転モータ、(ii)回転モータの回転速度を検出する検出部、(iii)ガラス基板110を半径方向にスライドさせるスライドモータ、(iv)回転モータの回転速度、スライドモータの回転速度、カッティングヘッド部84のトラッキング等を制御するサーボコントローラ、等を有する。 The substrate rotation / transfer unit 85 includes (i) a rotation motor that rotates the glass substrate 110, (ii) a detection unit that detects the rotation speed of the rotation motor, (iii) a slide motor that slides the glass substrate 110 in the radial direction, iv) a servo controller that controls the rotational speed of the rotary motor, the rotational speed of the slide motor, the tracking of the cutting head unit 84, and the like.

 信号処理部81は、切替部73を介して供給されるプリレコーデッド情報またはアドレス情報に対して、エラー訂正符号等を付加して入力データを形成するフォーマティング処理、および、フォーマティング処理データに所定の演算処理を施して変調信号を形成する変調信号生成処理等の処理を行う。 The signal processing unit 81 adds an error correction code or the like to the prerecorded information or address information supplied via the switching unit 73 to form input data, and the formatting processing data Processing such as modulation signal generation processing for performing a predetermined arithmetic processing to form a modulation signal is performed.

 また、信号処理部81は、変調信号に基づき、変調部83の光変調器および光偏向器を駆動する駆動処理をも行う。 The signal processing unit 81 also performs drive processing for driving the optical modulator and the optical deflector of the modulation unit 83 based on the modulation signal.

 カッティング部74は、カッティング時に、基板回転/移送部85がガラス基板110をCLV回転駆動するとともに、所定のトラックピッチにおいて光ディスクにらせん状のトラックが形成されるように、ガラス基板110をスライドさせる。 The cutting unit 74 slides the glass substrate 110 so that a spiral track is formed on the optical disc at a predetermined track pitch, while the substrate rotation / transfer unit 85 drives the glass substrate 110 to CLV rotation at the time of cutting.

 レーザ光源82からの出射光は、変調部83を介して、信号処理部81からの変調信号に基づく変調ビームと変調される。変調ビームは、カッティングヘッド部84から、ガラス基板110のフォトレジスト面に照射され、その結果、フォトレジストがデータまたはグルーブに基づいて感光される。 The emitted light from the laser light source 82 is modulated with a modulated beam based on the modulation signal from the signal processing unit 81 via the modulation unit 83. The modulated beam is applied to the photoresist surface of the glass substrate 110 from the cutting head portion 84, and as a result, the photoresist is exposed based on the data or the groove.

 システムコントローラ70は、カッティング時におけるカッティング部74の動作を制御する。また、システムコントローラ70は、センサ86からの信号を監視しつつ、プリレコーデッド情報発生部71、アドレス発生部72、および切替部73を制御する。 The system controller 70 controls the operation of the cutting unit 74 at the time of cutting. In addition, the system controller 70 controls the prerecorded information generation unit 71, the address generation unit 72, and the switching unit 73 while monitoring the signal from the sensor 86.

 システムコントローラ70は、カッティング開始時には、カッティングヘッド部84が光ディスク100の最内周側からレーザ照射を開始するように、基板回転/移送部85のスライド位置を初期位置に設定する。そして、システムコントローラ70は、ガラス基板110のCLV回転駆動と、所定トラックピッチのグルーブとを形成するためのスライド移送を、基板回転/移送部85に開始させる。 The system controller 70 sets the slide position of the substrate rotation / transfer unit 85 to the initial position so that the cutting head unit 84 starts laser irradiation from the innermost side of the optical disc 100 at the start of cutting. Then, the system controller 70 causes the substrate rotation / transfer unit 85 to start slide transfer for forming the CLV rotation drive of the glass substrate 110 and the groove having a predetermined track pitch.

 この状態において、システムコントローラ70は、プリレコーデッド情報発生部71からプリレコーデッド情報を出力させる。プリレコーデッド情報は、切替部73を介して、プリレコーデッド情報発生部71から信号処理部81に与えられる。 In this state, the system controller 70 causes the prerecorded information generating unit 71 to output the prerecorded information. The prerecorded information is given from the prerecorded information generating unit 71 to the signal processing unit 81 via the switching unit 73.

 また、システムコントローラ70は、レーザ光源82にレーザ出力を開始させ、変調部83に信号処理部81からの変調信号(すなわち、プリレコーデッド情報のFMコード変調信号)に基づいてレーザ光を変調させる。このようにして、システムコントローラ70は、ガラス基板110へのグルーブカッティングを実行させる。従って、光ディスク100のPBゾーンに相当する領域に、グルーブのカッティングが行われる。 Further, the system controller 70 causes the laser light source 82 to start laser output, and causes the modulation unit 83 to modulate the laser beam based on the modulation signal from the signal processing unit 81 (that is, the FM code modulation signal of the prerecorded information). . In this way, the system controller 70 causes the groove cutting to be performed on the glass substrate 110. Therefore, groove cutting is performed in an area corresponding to the PB zone of the optical disc 100.

 システムコントローラ70は、センサ86の信号から、カッティング動作がPBゾーンに相当する位置まで進んだことを検出した場合、切替部73をアドレス発生部72側に切り替えるとともに、アドレス発生部72にアドレス値を順次発生させるように指令する。 When the system controller 70 detects from the signal from the sensor 86 that the cutting operation has proceeded to a position corresponding to the PB zone, the system controller 70 switches the switching unit 73 to the address generation unit 72 side and sets an address value to the address generation unit 72. Commands to be generated sequentially.

 従って、切替部73を介して、アドレス発生部72から信号処理部81へ、アドレス情報が与えられる。そして、レーザ光源82からのレーザ光は、変調部83において信号処理部81からの変調信号(すなわち、アドレス情報の変調信号)に基づいて変調される。変調されたレーザ光により、ガラス基板110へのグルーブカッティングが行われる。 Therefore, address information is given from the address generator 72 to the signal processor 81 via the switching unit 73. The laser light from the laser light source 82 is modulated in the modulation unit 83 based on the modulation signal from the signal processing unit 81 (that is, the modulation signal of address information). Groove cutting on the glass substrate 110 is performed by the modulated laser light.

 このように、光ディスク100のRWゾーンに相当する領域に、グルーブのカッティングが行われる。 In this way, the groove is cut in the area corresponding to the RW zone of the optical disc 100.

 システムコントローラ70は、センサ86の信号から、当該カッティング動作がアウターゾーン(RWゾーン)の終端に達したことを検出した場合、カッティング部74におけるカッティング動作を終了させる。 When the system controller 70 detects from the signal of the sensor 86 that the cutting operation has reached the end of the outer zone (RW zone), the system controller 70 ends the cutting operation in the cutting unit 74.

 これにより、ガラス基板110上に、ウォブリンググルーブに対応する露光部が、PBゾーンおよびRWゾーンとして形成される。その後、現像、電鋳の処理等が行われ、スタンパが生成される。そして、スタンパを用いて、光ディスク100が生産される。 Thereby, on the glass substrate 110, exposed portions corresponding to the wobbling grooves are formed as the PB zone and the RW zone. Thereafter, development, electroforming, and the like are performed, and a stamper is generated. Then, the optical disc 100 is produced using the stamper.

 なお、再生専用タイプのディスクを想定した場合のマスタリング装置700は、ウォブリンググルーブではなく、ピット列の露光を行う。この場合、エンコードされたアドレス情報およびユーザデータに応じて、レーザ光源82からのレーザ光が変調される。 Note that the mastering device 700 in the case of assuming a reproduction-only type disc exposes a pit row, not a wobbling groove. In this case, the laser light from the laser light source 82 is modulated according to the encoded address information and user data.

 そして、マスタリング装置700には、プリレコーデッド情報発生部71に替えて、ユーザデータ発生部が設けられる。ユーザデータ発生部およびアドレス発生部72からのアドレス情報(アドレスユニットナンバ)に対して、信号処理部81におけるECCエンコードが行われる。この時、図11に示された処理S2~S5が行われる。 In the mastering device 700, a user data generation unit is provided instead of the prerecorded information generation unit 71. The signal processing unit 81 performs ECC encoding on the address information (address unit number) from the user data generation unit and the address generation unit 72. At this time, the processes S2 to S5 shown in FIG. 11 are performed.

 これにより、Ver3.0ディスクとしての光ディスク100を生産するための原盤のピット列露光が行われる。その後、現像、スタンパ製造、基板作成、記録およびカバー層等の層の形成が行われることにより、光ディスク100が生産される。 Thereby, the pit row exposure of the master for producing the optical disc 100 as the Ver3.0 disc is performed. Thereafter, development, stamper manufacture, substrate creation, recording, and formation of layers such as a cover layer are performed, whereby the optical disc 100 is produced.

 そして、上述の各工程を通じて生産された光ディスク100に対して、本実施形態の記録再生装置1000が適用される。 Then, the recording / reproducing apparatus 1000 of this embodiment is applied to the optical disc 100 produced through the above-described steps.

 〔実施形態5〕
 本発明のさらに他の実施形態について、図14および図15に基づいて説明すれば、以下の通りである。なお、説明の便宜上、前記実施形態にて説明した部材と同じ機能を有する部材については、同じ符号を付記し、その説明を省略する。
[Embodiment 5]
The following will describe still another embodiment of the present invention with reference to FIGS. For convenience of explanation, members having the same functions as those described in the embodiment are given the same reference numerals, and descriptions thereof are omitted.

 <再生装置の構成>
 図14は、本実施形態の記録再生装置5000(再生装置)の構成を示す機能ブロック図である。記録再生装置5000は、光ディスク100(すなわち、Ver3.0ディスク)に加え、Ver2.0ディスクおよびVer1.0ディスクをも再生することが可能な記録再生装置であり、外部に設けられたAVシステム20に接続されている。
<Configuration of playback device>
FIG. 14 is a functional block diagram showing the configuration of the recording / reproducing apparatus 5000 (reproducing apparatus) of this embodiment. The recording / reproducing apparatus 5000 is a recording / reproducing apparatus capable of reproducing not only the optical disc 100 (that is, the Ver 3.0 disc) but also the Ver 2.0 disc and the Ver 1.0 disc, and the AV system 20 provided outside. It is connected to the.

 本実施形態の記録再生装置5000は、実施形態4の記録再生装置1000に、アドレス設定変更部51(設定選択部)と訂正可否判定部52(判定部)とを、さらに付加した構成である。なお、本実施形態の記録再生装置5000が有するその他の部材は、実施形態4の記録再生装置1000が有する各部材と同様であるため、同じ符号を付記し、その説明を省略する。 The recording / reproducing apparatus 5000 of the present embodiment has a configuration in which an address setting change unit 51 (setting selection unit) and a correctability determination unit 52 (determination unit) are further added to the recording / reproducing apparatus 1000 of the fourth embodiment. The other members of the recording / reproducing apparatus 5000 of the present embodiment are the same as those of the recording / reproducing apparatus 1000 of the fourth embodiment, and thus the same reference numerals are given and description thereof is omitted.

 記録再生装置5000は、光ディスク(例えば、光ディスク100)に対する再生時に、後述の図15のフローチャートに示された処理S31~S38を実行する。 The recording / reproducing apparatus 5000 executes processes S31 to S38 shown in the flowchart of FIG. 15 to be described later when reproducing with respect to the optical disc (for example, the optical disc 100).

 アドレス設定変更部51は、アドレス処理の設定を変更する指令を、ECCエンコーダ/デコーダ7(エラー訂正復号部)に与える。すなわち、ECCエンコーダ/デコーダ7は、アドレス設定変更部51からの指令に応じて、Ver1.0ディスク用設定(第1設定)、Ver2.0ディスク用設定(第2設定)、またはVer3.0ディスク(光ディスク100)用設定(第3設定)のうち、いずれか1つのアドレス処理の設定に基づき動作する。 The address setting changing unit 51 gives an instruction to change the setting of address processing to the ECC encoder / decoder 7 (error correction decoding unit). That is, the ECC encoder / decoder 7 sets the Ver1.0 disk setting (first setting), the Ver2.0 disk setting (second setting), or the Ver3.0 disk in accordance with a command from the address setting changing unit 51. It operates based on any one of the address processing settings among the settings for the optical disk 100 (third setting).

 ここで、Ver1.0ディスク用設定がなされた場合には、ECCエンコーダ/デコーダ7は、例えば第1記録再生装置のECCエンコーダ/デコーダによって行われる処理S11、S20~S21を行う。すなわち、ECCエンコーダ/デコーダ7は、アドレスフィールド112aに対して行われるECCデコード(第1エラー訂正復号)を行うことになる。 Here, when the Ver1.0 disc setting is made, the ECC encoder / decoder 7 performs, for example, processes S11 and S20 to S21 performed by the ECC encoder / decoder of the first recording / reproducing apparatus. That is, the ECC encoder / decoder 7 performs ECC decoding (first error correction decoding) performed on the address field 112a.

 また、Ver2.0ディスク用設定がなされた場合、ECCエンコーダ/デコーダ7は、例えば第2記録再生装置のECCエンコーダ/デコーダによって行われる処理S11、S16~S18を行う。ECCエンコーダ/デコーダ7は、アドレスフィールド122aに対して行われるECCデコード(第2エラー訂正復号)を行う。 Further, when the Ver2.0 disk setting is made, the ECC encoder / decoder 7 performs, for example, processes S11 and S16 to S18 performed by the ECC encoder / decoder of the second recording / reproducing apparatus. The ECC encoder / decoder 7 performs ECC decoding (second error correction decoding) performed on the address field 122a.

 また、Ver3.0ディスク用設定がなされた場合、ECCエンコーダ/デコーダ7は、例えば記録再生装置1000のECCエンコーダ/デコーダ7によって行われる処理S11~S14を行う。ECCエンコーダ/デコーダ7は、アドレスフィールド132aに対して行われるECCデコード(第3エラー訂正復号)を行う。 Further, when the Ver3.0 disk setting is made, the ECC encoder / decoder 7 performs the processes S11 to S14 performed by the ECC encoder / decoder 7 of the recording / reproducing apparatus 1000, for example. The ECC encoder / decoder 7 performs ECC decoding (third error correction decoding) performed on the address field 132a.

 すなわち、アドレス設定変更部51は、ECCエンコーダ/デコーダ7に、各光ディスクに対応したエラー訂正復号を行わせるための設定を選択するものといえる。 That is, it can be said that the address setting changing unit 51 selects a setting for causing the ECC encoder / decoder 7 to perform error correction decoding corresponding to each optical disc.

 訂正可否判定部52は、ECCエンコーダ/デコーダ7におけるECCデコードによって、アドレス情報(アドレスユニットナンバ「AUN0」~「AUN3」)が正しく復号されたか否かを判定する。そして、訂正可否判定部52は、上述の判定結果を示す判定結果情報を生成し、判定結果情報をシステムコントローラ10へ与える。すなわち、訂正可否判定部52は、アドレス設定変更部51によって選択された設定によって、ECCデコードが正常に行われたか否かを判定するものである。 The correctability determination unit 52 determines whether or not the address information (address unit numbers “AUN0” to “AUN3”) is correctly decoded by ECC decoding in the ECC encoder / decoder 7. Then, the correctability determination unit 52 generates determination result information indicating the above determination result, and provides the determination result information to the system controller 10. That is, the correctability determination unit 52 determines whether or not ECC decoding has been normally performed according to the setting selected by the address setting change unit 51.

 判定結果情報が、アドレス情報が正しく復号されたことを示している場合、システムコントローラ10は、記録再生装置5000が備える各部を制御し、光ディスクからデータを再生させる。 When the determination result information indicates that the address information has been correctly decoded, the system controller 10 controls each unit included in the recording / reproducing apparatus 5000 to reproduce data from the optical disc.

 他方、判定結果情報が、アドレス情報が正しく復号されたことを示していない場合、システムコントローラ10は、ECCエンコーダ/デコーダ7のアドレス処理の設定を変更するよう、アドレス設定変更部51に指令を与える。すなわち、アドレス設定変更部51は、訂正可否判定部52によってECCデコードが正常に行われなかったと判定された場合には、選択したアドレス処理の設定とは異なるアドレス処理の設定に変更する。 On the other hand, if the determination result information does not indicate that the address information has been correctly decoded, the system controller 10 issues a command to the address setting changing unit 51 to change the address processing setting of the ECC encoder / decoder 7. . That is, the address setting changing unit 51 changes the setting to the address processing setting different from the selected address processing setting when the correctability determination unit 52 determines that the ECC decoding has not been performed normally.

 そして、ECCエンコーダ/デコーダ7は、アドレス設定変更部51によってアドレス処理の設定を変更された後に、ECCデコードを再度行う。 The ECC encoder / decoder 7 performs ECC decoding again after the address setting changing unit 51 changes the address processing setting.

 なお、Ver1.0ディスク用設定、Ver2.0ディスク用設定、およびVer3.0ディスク用設定のいずれによっても、ECCデコードによって、アドレス情報が正しく復号されない場合には、訂正可否判定部52は、記録再生装置5000によって光ディスクが再生不能であることを示す再生エラー情報を、システムコントローラ10へ与える。 If the address information is not correctly decoded by ECC decoding according to any of the Ver1.0 disk setting, the Ver2.0 disk setting, and the Ver3.0 disk setting, the correction availability determination unit 52 performs the recording. Reproduction error information indicating that the optical disk cannot be reproduced by the reproducing apparatus 5000 is given to the system controller 10.

 この場合、システムコントローラ10は、再生エラー情報を、別途に設けられた表示部(不図示)に与え、表示部に再生エラー情報を表示させる。なお、表示部は、AVシステム20に設けられてもよいし、記録再生装置5000の内部に設けられてもよい。 In this case, the system controller 10 gives reproduction error information to a separately provided display unit (not shown), and causes the display unit to display the reproduction error information. Note that the display unit may be provided in the AV system 20 or may be provided in the recording / reproducing apparatus 5000.

 <ディスク判別処理>
 図15は、記録再生装置5000における、光ディスク(例えば、光ディスク100)に対する再生動作の処理の流れの一例を示すフローチャートである。処理S31~S38は、記録再生装置5000によって光ディスクの種別を判別した後に、光ディスクを再生する場合の処理の一例である。
<Disc discriminating process>
FIG. 15 is a flowchart showing an example of the flow of processing of the reproducing operation for the optical disc (for example, the optical disc 100) in the recording / reproducing apparatus 5000. Processes S31 to S38 are an example of a process for reproducing an optical disc after the recording / reproducing apparatus 5000 determines the type of the optical disc.

 アドレス設定変更部51は、ECCエンコーダ/デコーダ7に指令を与え、ECCエンコーダ/デコーダ7のアドレス処理の設定を、Ver1.0ディスク用設定に変更させる(処理S31)。 The address setting changing unit 51 instructs the ECC encoder / decoder 7 to change the address processing setting of the ECC encoder / decoder 7 to the Ver1.0 disk setting (processing S31).

 処理S31により、ECCエンコーダ/デコーダ7は、Ver1.0ディスク用設定に基づき動作する。そして、ECCエンコーダ/デコーダ7は、アドレス情報に対して、ECCデコードを行う。 By the processing S31, the ECC encoder / decoder 7 operates based on the Ver1.0 disk setting. The ECC encoder / decoder 7 performs ECC decoding on the address information.

 訂正可否判定部52は、Ver1.0ディスク用設定に基づくECCデコードによって、アドレス情報が正しく復号されたか否かを判定する(処理S32)。そして、訂正可否判定部52は、判定結果情報を生成し、システムコントローラ10に与える。 The correctability determination unit 52 determines whether or not the address information is correctly decoded by ECC decoding based on the Ver1.0 disk setting (processing S32). Then, the correctability determination unit 52 generates determination result information and gives it to the system controller 10.

 判定結果情報が、アドレス情報が正しく復号されたことを示している場合(処理S32においてYES)、システムコントローラ10は、記録再生装置5000が備える各部を制御し、光ディスクからデータを再生させる(処理S38)。 When the determination result information indicates that the address information has been correctly decoded (YES in process S32), the system controller 10 controls each unit included in the recording / reproducing device 5000 to reproduce data from the optical disc (process S38). ).

 他方、判定結果情報が、アドレス情報が正しく復号されたことを示していない場合(処理S32においてNO)、システムコントローラ10は、アドレス設定変更部51に指令を与え、ECCエンコーダ/デコーダ7のアドレス処理の設定を、Ver3.0ディスク用設定に変更させる(処理S33)。 On the other hand, if the determination result information does not indicate that the address information has been correctly decoded (NO in step S32), the system controller 10 issues a command to the address setting changing unit 51, and the address processing of the ECC encoder / decoder 7 is performed. Are changed to Ver3.0 disk settings (step S33).

 処理S33により、ECCエンコーダ/デコーダ7は、Ver3.0ディスク用設定に基づき動作する。そして、ECCエンコーダ/デコーダ7は、アドレス情報に対して、ECCデコードを行う。 By the process S33, the ECC encoder / decoder 7 operates based on the Ver3.0 disk setting. The ECC encoder / decoder 7 performs ECC decoding on the address information.

 訂正可否判定部52は、Ver3.0ディスク用設定に基づくECCデコードによって、アドレス情報が正しく復号されたか否かを判定する(処理S34)。そして、訂正可否判定部52は、判定結果情報を生成し、システムコントローラ10に与える。 The correctability determination unit 52 determines whether or not the address information is correctly decoded by ECC decoding based on the Ver3.0 disk setting (processing S34). Then, the correctability determination unit 52 generates determination result information and gives it to the system controller 10.

 判定結果情報が、アドレス情報が正しく復号されたことを示している場合(処理S34においてYES)、上述の処理S38が行われる。 If the determination result information indicates that the address information has been correctly decoded (YES in process S34), the above-described process S38 is performed.

 他方、判定結果情報が、アドレス情報が正しく復号されたことを示していない場合(処理S34においてNO)、システムコントローラ10は、アドレス設定変更部51に指令を与え、ECCエンコーダ/デコーダ7のアドレス処理の設定を、Ver2.0ディスク用設定に変更させる(処理S35)。 On the other hand, if the determination result information does not indicate that the address information has been correctly decoded (NO in step S34), the system controller 10 issues a command to the address setting changing unit 51, and the address processing of the ECC encoder / decoder 7 is performed. Are changed to Ver2.0 disk settings (step S35).

 処理S35により、ECCエンコーダ/デコーダ7は、Ver2.0ディスク用設定に基づき動作する。そして、ECCエンコーダ/デコーダ7は、アドレス情報に対して、ECCデコードを行う。 By the process S35, the ECC encoder / decoder 7 operates based on the Ver2.0 disk setting. The ECC encoder / decoder 7 performs ECC decoding on the address information.

 訂正可否判定部52は、Ver2.0ディスク用設定に基づくECCデコードによって、アドレス情報が正しく復号されたか否かを判定する(処理S36)。そして、訂正可否判定部52は、判定結果情報を生成し、システムコントローラ10に与える。 The correctability determination unit 52 determines whether or not the address information has been correctly decoded by ECC decoding based on the Ver2.0 disk setting (processing S36). Then, the correctability determination unit 52 generates determination result information and gives it to the system controller 10.

 判定結果情報が、アドレス情報が正しく復号されたことを示している場合(処理S36においてYES)、上述の処理S38が行われる。 If the determination result information indicates that the address information has been correctly decoded (YES in process S36), the above-described process S38 is performed.

 他方、判定結果情報が、アドレス情報が正しく復号されたことを示していない場合(処理S36においてNO)、訂正可否判定部52は、記録再生装置5000によって光ディスクが再生不能であることを示す再生エラー情報を、システムコントローラ10へ与える。そして、システムコントローラ10は、再生エラー情報を、表示部に表示させる(処理S37)。 On the other hand, when the determination result information does not indicate that the address information has been correctly decoded (NO in step S36), the correction availability determination unit 52 indicates that the recording / reproducing apparatus 5000 cannot reproduce the optical disc. Information is provided to the system controller 10. Then, the system controller 10 displays the reproduction error information on the display unit (processing S37).

 上述の処理S31~S38により、記録再生装置5000は、Ver3.0ディスクとしての光ディスク100に加え、Ver2.0ディスクおよびVer1.0ディスクをも再生できる。 Through the above-described processes S31 to S38, the recording / reproducing apparatus 5000 can reproduce the Ver2.0 disc and the Ver1.0 disc in addition to the optical disc 100 as the Ver3.0 disc.

 すなわち、本実施形態の記録再生装置5000は、Ver3.0対応再生装置である実施形態4の記録再生装置1000に対して、Ver2.0対応再生装置およびVer1.0再生装置の機能を、さらに付加した記録再生装置であると言える。 That is, the recording / reproducing apparatus 5000 of the present embodiment further adds functions of a Ver2.0 compatible reproducing apparatus and a Ver1.0 reproducing apparatus to the recording / reproducing apparatus 1000 of the fourth embodiment which is a Ver3.0 compatible reproducing apparatus. It can be said that this is a recording / reproducing apparatus.

 このため、記録再生装置5000によれば、Ver2.0対応再生装置およびVer1.0再生装置を、別途に設ける必要がなく、記録再生装置をより低コストにて提供することができる。 Therefore, according to the recording / reproducing apparatus 5000, there is no need to separately provide a Ver2.0 compatible reproducing apparatus and a Ver1.0 reproducing apparatus, and the recording / reproducing apparatus can be provided at a lower cost.

 なお、図15では、ECCエンコーダ/デコーダ7のアドレス処理の設定を、Ver1.0ディスク用設定、Ver3.0ディスク用設定、Ver2.0ディスク用設定の順序にて、変更する例が示されているが、アドレス処理の設定の順序はこれに限定されず、任意に決定されてよい。例えば、Ver3.0ディスク用設定、Ver2.0ディスク用設定、Ver1.0ディスク用設定の順序にて、アドレス処理の設定が変更されてもよい。 FIG. 15 shows an example in which the address processing setting of the ECC encoder / decoder 7 is changed in the order of Ver1.0 disk setting, Ver3.0 disk setting, and Ver2.0 disk setting. However, the order of setting address processing is not limited to this, and may be determined arbitrarily. For example, the address processing setting may be changed in the order of Ver3.0 disk setting, Ver2.0 disk setting, and Ver1.0 disk setting.

 また、アドレス設定変更部51において、それぞれのアドレス処理の設定がなされた回数を累積的に記録することにより、設定された回数がより多いアドレス処理の設定を、より優先的適用する構成としてもよい。この構成により、記録再生装置5000が再生処理に要する時間を、低減することができる。 In addition, the address setting changing unit 51 may cumulatively record the number of times each address processing has been set, so that the address processing setting having a larger number of times is applied with higher priority. . With this configuration, the time required for the reproduction processing by the recording / reproducing apparatus 5000 can be reduced.

 また、光ディスクを再生するために必要とされる基準の再生パワーがより小さい順に、アドレス処理の設定の順序が決定されることが好ましい。すなわち、アドレス設定変更部51によるアドレス処理の設定の変更は、データ再生時に照射される再生光の強度が小さい光ディスクの順に行われることが好ましい。例えば、図15では、Ver1.0ディスクの再生に要する再生パワーが最も小さく、Ver2.0ディスクの再生に要する再生パワーが最も大きい場合が想定されている。 In addition, it is preferable that the order of setting address processing is determined in ascending order of reference reproduction power required for reproducing an optical disc. That is, it is preferable that the change of the address processing setting by the address setting changing unit 51 is performed in the order of the optical discs with the small intensity of the reproduction light emitted during the data reproduction. For example, in FIG. 15, it is assumed that the reproduction power required for reproducing a Ver1.0 disc is the smallest and the reproduction power required for reproducing a Ver2.0 disc is the largest.

 すなわち、図15では、Ver1.0ディスク用設定、Ver3.0ディスク用設定、Ver2.0ディスク用設定の順序にて、ディスクを再生することにより、再生パワーがより小さい光ディスク(例えば、Ver1.0ディスク)に対して、より大きい再生パワー(例えば、Ver2.0ディスクの再生に要する再生パワー)が照射されることを防止できる。 That is, in FIG. 15, an optical disc (for example, Ver 1.0) having a smaller reproduction power by reproducing the disc in the order of Ver 1.0 disc setting, Ver 3.0 disc setting, and Ver 2.0 disc setting. It is possible to prevent a larger reproduction power (for example, a reproduction power required for reproducing a Ver 2.0 disc) from being applied to the disc.

 従って、基準の再生パワーがより小さい順に、アドレス処理の設定の順序が決定されることにより、過剰な再生パワーが誤って光ディスクに照射され、データが破壊されるというリスクを抑制することができる。 Therefore, by determining the order of address processing setting in ascending order of the standard reproduction power, it is possible to suppress the risk that excessive reproduction power is accidentally applied to the optical disc and the data is destroyed.

 〔変形例〕
 上記の各実施形態では、光ディスク100に起因した第1記録再生装置及び第2記録再生装置における誤動作を防止するためには、光ディスク100が、少なくとも上記(A)~(C)の構成を有していればよいものとして説明している。しかし、この構成に限らず、少なくとも上記(A)及び(C)の構成を有していればよい。すなわち、アドレスフィールド132aを構成する9シンボルのうちの少なくとも3シンボルが、当該3シンボルと対応する、アドレスフィールド112aの少なくとも3シンボル及びアドレスフィールド122aの少なくとも3シンボルとそれぞれ異なる状態となっていればよい。
[Modification]
In each of the above embodiments, in order to prevent malfunctions in the first recording / reproducing device and the second recording / reproducing device due to the optical disc 100, the optical disc 100 has at least the configurations (A) to (C). It is explained that it should be. However, the present invention is not limited to this configuration, and at least the configurations (A) and (C) may be provided. That is, it is only necessary that at least 3 symbols out of 9 symbols constituting the address field 132a are different from at least 3 symbols in the address field 112a and at least 3 symbols in the address field 122a corresponding to the 3 symbols. .

 また、上記の各実施形態では、アドレスフィールド112a、アドレスフィールド122a及びアドレスフィールド132aはそれぞれ、アドレスユニットナンバ111、121、131を4シンボル、フラグビットを1シンボル、パリティを4シンボル含んでいるものとして説明している。しかし、アドレスフィールド112a、122a、132aの構成はこれに限られたものではなく、アドレスフィールド112a、122a、132aの構造が同じであれば、アドレスユニットナンバ111、121、131、フラグビット、パリティの各シンボル数はいくつであってもよい。 In each of the above embodiments, the address field 112a, the address field 122a, and the address field 132a include the address unit numbers 111, 121, and 131, 4 symbols of flag units, and 4 symbols of parity bits, respectively. Explains. However, the configuration of the address fields 112a, 122a, and 132a is not limited to this. If the structure of the address fields 112a, 122a, and 132a is the same, the address unit numbers 111, 121, and 131, flag bits, and parity There can be any number of symbols.

 すなわち、(9,5,5)RSコードにエラー訂正符号化処理されたアドレスフィールド112a、122a、132aを有している必要は必ずしもない。 That is, it is not always necessary to have the address fields 112a, 122a, and 132a that have been subjected to error correction coding processing on the (9, 5, 5) RS code.

 ただし、上記の場合、アドレスフィールドの誤り訂正能力が及ばない範囲で、アドレスフィールド132aに対する変形処理が行われる必要がある。例えば、アドレスフィールドの誤り訂正能力が2シンボル以内である場合には、3シンボル以上において、アドレスフィールド132aに対する変形処理が行われている必要がある。また、この場合には、アドレスフィールド112a、122a、132aは少なくとも4シンボルからなる必要がある。 However, in the above case, it is necessary to perform a modification process on the address field 132a within a range that does not reach the error correction capability of the address field. For example, when the error correction capability of the address field is within 2 symbols, it is necessary that the modification process for the address field 132a is performed for 3 symbols or more. In this case, the address fields 112a, 122a, and 132a need to be composed of at least 4 symbols.

 この場合、光ディスク100は、以下のような構成となっていればよい。すなわち、光ディスク100は、
 アドレスフィールド112aに対応する、アドレスフィールド132aを構成する4シンボルのうち、少なくとも3シンボルに対して変形処理が行われており、
 アドレスフィールド132aに対して変形処理が行われた少なくとも3シンボルのうち、少なくとも1シンボルに対しては、当該1シンボルに対応する、アドレスフィールド122aを構成するシンボルに対する変形処理と同じ変形処理が行われており、
 上記少なくとも1シンボルとは異なるシンボルに対しては、(i)当該シンボルに対応する、アドレスフィールド122aを構成するシンボルに対して変形処理が行われていない場合には、当該変形処理が行われているか、(ii)当該シンボルに対応する、アドレスフィールド122aを構成するシンボルに対して変形処理が行われている場合には、当該変形処理が行われていないかの少なくともいずれかであればよい。
In this case, the optical disc 100 may be configured as follows. That is, the optical disc 100 is
Transformation processing is performed on at least three symbols among the four symbols constituting the address field 132a corresponding to the address field 112a.
Of at least three symbols subjected to the modification process on the address field 132a, at least one symbol is subjected to the same modification process as the modification process for the symbols constituting the address field 122a corresponding to the one symbol. And
For a symbol different from the at least one symbol, (i) when the deformation process is not performed on the symbol corresponding to the symbol and constituting the address field 122a, the deformation process is performed. Or (ii) if the deformation process is performed on the symbol corresponding to the symbol and constituting the address field 122a, at least one of the deformation process is not performed.

 さらに要約すれば、光ディスク100は、アドレスフィールドの誤り訂正能力が及ばない範囲でアドレスフィールド132aに対する変形処理が行われていることにより、アドレスフィールド112a及びアドレスフィールド122aとは異なるアドレスフィールド132aが形成されていればよい。 In summary, in the optical disc 100, the address field 132a different from the address field 112a and the address field 122a is formed by performing the deformation process on the address field 132a within a range that does not reach the error correction capability of the address field. It only has to be.

 〔まとめ〕
 本発明の態様1に係る情報記録媒体(光ディスク100)は、
 (9,5,5)RSコードにエラー訂正符号化処理されたアドレスフィールドを有し、かつ、第1バージョン、第2バージョン及び第3バージョンが存在する情報記録媒体の種別のうち、当該種別が第3バージョンである第3情報記録媒体としての情報記録媒体であって、
 上記種別が第1バージョンである情報記録媒体を第1情報記録媒体(Ver1.0ディスク)とし、上記種別が第2バージョンである情報記録媒体を第2情報記録媒体(Ver2.0ディスク)とした場合に、
 上記第1情報記録媒体が有する第1アドレスフィールド(アドレスフィールド112a)に対応する、上記第3情報記録媒体が有する第3アドレスフィールド(アドレスフィールド132a)を構成する9シンボルのうち、少なくとも3シンボルに対して変形処理が行われており、
 上記第3アドレスフィールドに対して上記変形処理が行われた少なくとも3シンボルのうち、少なくとも1シンボルに対しては、当該1シンボルに対応する、上記第2情報記録媒体が有する第2アドレスフィールド(アドレスフィールド122a)を構成するシンボルに対する上記変形処理と同じ変形処理が行われており、
 上記少なくとも1シンボルとは異なるシンボルのうち少なくとも3シンボルに対しては、
  (1)当該3シンボルのいずれかに対応する、上記第2アドレスフィールドを構成するシンボルに対して上記変形処理が行われていない場合には、当該変形処理が行われているか、
  (2)当該3シンボルのいずれかに対応する、上記第2アドレスフィールドを構成するシンボルに対して上記変形処理が行われている場合には、当該変形処理が行われていないかの少なくともいずれかである。
[Summary]
An information recording medium (optical disc 100) according to aspect 1 of the present invention includes:
(9, 5, 5) Among the types of information recording media having an address field subjected to error correction coding processing in the RS code and having the first version, the second version, and the third version, the type is An information recording medium as a third information recording medium which is a third version,
The information recording medium whose type is the first version is the first information recording medium (Ver1.0 disc), and the information recording medium whose type is the second version is the second information recording medium (Ver2.0 disc). In case,
Corresponding to the first address field (address field 112a) of the first information recording medium, at least 3 symbols out of 9 symbols constituting the third address field (address field 132a) of the third information recording medium. On the other hand, deformation processing has been performed,
Of at least three symbols that have undergone the transformation process on the third address field, at least one symbol is a second address field (address) of the second information recording medium corresponding to the one symbol. The same deformation process as that described above is performed on the symbols constituting the field 122a),
For at least three symbols different from the at least one symbol,
(1) If the deformation process is not performed on the symbols constituting the second address field corresponding to any of the three symbols, the deformation process is performed,
(2) When the deformation process is performed on the symbols corresponding to any of the three symbols and constituting the second address field, at least one of the deformation processes not being performed It is.

 上記の構成によれば、第3アドレスフィールドを構成する9シンボルのうち、少なくとも3シンボルに対して変形処理が行われている。このため、本発明の一態様に係る情報記録媒体(第3情報記録媒体)は、第1情報記録媒体のアドレスフィールドの記録方式とは異なるため、第3情報記録媒体を、第1情報記録媒体のみに対応するように製造された記録再生装置(第1記録再生装置)に対して再生不能な状態とすることができる。 According to the above configuration, deformation processing is performed on at least 3 symbols out of 9 symbols configuring the third address field. For this reason, the information recording medium (third information recording medium) according to one aspect of the present invention is different from the address field recording method of the first information recording medium. Therefore, the third information recording medium is used as the first information recording medium. Thus, the recording / reproducing apparatus (first recording / reproducing apparatus) manufactured so as to be compatible with only the recording / reproducing apparatus can be set in a non-reproducing state.

 また、第3アドレスフィールドの上記少なくとも1シンボルとは異なるシンボルのうち少なくとも3シンボルに対しては、上記(1)及び(2)の少なくともいずれかの対応がとられている。 Further, at least three of the symbols different from the at least one symbol in the third address field correspond to at least one of the above (1) and (2).

 そのため、第3情報記録媒体は第2情報記録媒体のアドレスフィールドの記録方式とは異なるため、第3情報記録媒体を、第2情報記録媒体のみに対応するように製造された記録再生装置(第2記録再生装置)に対しても再生不能な状態とすることができる。 Therefore, since the third information recording medium is different from the recording method of the address field of the second information recording medium, the third information recording medium is a recording / reproducing device (first reproduction) manufactured so as to correspond only to the second information recording medium. 2 recording / reproducing apparatus) can be set in a non-reproducible state.

 それゆえ、第3情報記録媒体に起因した第1記録再生装置及び第2記録再生装置における誤動作を防止できる。すなわち、当該誤動作を防止可能な第3情報記録媒体を提供できる。また換言すれば、第1記録再生装置及び第2記録再生装置との再生互換を切ることが可能な第3情報記録媒体を提供できるともいえる。 Therefore, malfunction in the first recording / reproducing apparatus and the second recording / reproducing apparatus due to the third information recording medium can be prevented. That is, it is possible to provide a third information recording medium that can prevent the malfunction. In other words, it can be said that a third information recording medium capable of breaking reproduction compatibility with the first recording / reproducing apparatus and the second recording / reproducing apparatus can be provided.

 また、第3アドレスフィールドの上記少なくとも3シンボルのうち、少なくとも1シンボルに対しては、第2アドレスフィールドを構成するシンボルに対する変形処理と同じ変形処理が行われている。このため、上記変形処理のための機能を、第3情報記録媒体に対して記録または再生処理が可能な記録再生装置と第2記録再生装置との間で共有させることができる。 Also, at least one of the at least three symbols in the third address field is subjected to the same deformation process as that for the symbols constituting the second address field. Therefore, the function for the deformation process can be shared between the recording / reproducing apparatus capable of recording or reproducing the third information recording medium and the second recording / reproducing apparatus.

 さらに、本発明の態様2に係る情報記録媒体は、態様1において、
 上記第1アドレスフィールド、上記第2アドレスフィールド及び上記第3アドレスフィールドはそれぞれ、アドレスユニットナンバ(111、121、131)を4シンボル、フラグビットを1シンボル、パリティを4シンボル含んでおり、
 上記第1アドレスフィールドの上記アドレスユニットナンバ(111)に対応する、上記第2アドレスフィールドの上記アドレスユニットナンバを構成する2シンボルに対して上記変形処理が行われているとともに、上記第1アドレスフィールドの上記パリティに対応する、上記第2アドレスフィールドの上記パリティを構成する2シンボルに対して上記変形処理が行われており、
 上記第3アドレスフィールドにおいて、
  上記アドレスユニットナンバ(131)のうちの1シンボルに対しては、当該1シンボルに対応する上記第2アドレスフィールドの上記アドレスユニットナンバ(121)に対する変形処理と同じ変形処理が行われ、
  上記アドレスユニットナンバのうち、上記第2アドレスフィールドの上記アドレスユニットナンバに対して上記変形処理が行われていない2シンボルのうちの1シンボルに対応する1シンボルに対しては、上記変形処理が行われ、
  上記パリティのうちの1シンボルに対しては、当該1シンボルに対応する上記第2アドレスフィールドの上記パリティに対する変形処理と同じ変形処理が行われ、
  上記パリティのうち、上記第2アドレスフィールドの上記パリティに対して上記変形処理が行われていない2シンボルのうちの1シンボルに対応する1シンボルに対しては、上記変形処理が行われていることが好ましい。
Furthermore, an information recording medium according to aspect 2 of the present invention is the aspect 1, wherein
The first address field, the second address field, and the third address field respectively include 4 symbols for the address unit number (111, 121, 131), 1 symbol for the flag bit, and 4 symbols for the parity,
The transformation process is performed on two symbols constituting the address unit number of the second address field corresponding to the address unit number (111) of the first address field, and the first address field The transformation process is performed on two symbols constituting the parity of the second address field corresponding to the parity of
In the third address field,
For one symbol of the address unit number (131), the same deformation process as that for the address unit number (121) of the second address field corresponding to the one symbol is performed,
Of the address unit numbers, the transformation process is performed on one symbol corresponding to one of the two symbols that are not subjected to the transformation process on the address unit number in the second address field. I,
For one symbol of the parity, the same modification process as the modification process for the parity of the second address field corresponding to the one symbol is performed,
Of the parity, the modification process is performed on one symbol corresponding to one of the two symbols on which the modification process is not performed on the parity of the second address field. Is preferred.

 上記の構成によれば、第1アドレスフィールド、第2アドレスフィールド及び第3アドレスフィールドのそれぞれが、アドレスユニットナンバを4シンボル、フラグビットを1シンボル、パリティを4シンボル含んだ構成となっている。 According to the above configuration, each of the first address field, the second address field, and the third address field includes 4 symbols for the address unit number, 1 symbol for the flag bit, and 4 symbols for the parity.

 この場合に、第2アドレスフィールドのアドレスユニットナンバ及びパリティをそれぞれ構成する2シンボルに対して変形処理が行われている。また、第3アドレスフィールドのアドレスユニットナンバのうちの1シンボルに対しては、第2アドレスフィールドのアドレスユニットナンバに対する変形処理と同じ変形処理が行われている。一方、第3アドレスフィールドのアドレスユニットナンバのうち、第2アドレスフィールドのアドレスユニットナンバに対して変形処理が行われていない2シンボルのうちの1シンボルに対応する1シンボルに対して、変形処理が行われている。そして、第3アドレスフィールドのパリティについても、アドレスユニットナンバの場合と同様に変形処理が行われている。 In this case, transformation processing is performed on the two symbols constituting the address unit number and parity in the second address field. Further, the same deformation process as that for the address unit number in the second address field is performed on one symbol in the address unit number in the third address field. On the other hand, among the address unit numbers in the third address field, the deformation process is performed on one symbol corresponding to one of the two symbols that have not been subjected to the deformation process on the address unit number in the second address field. Has been done. The parity processing of the third address field is also performed in the same manner as in the case of the address unit number.

 すなわち、第2情報記録媒体は、第1情報記録媒体のアドレスユニットナンバ及びパリティとは記録方式が異なっており、第3情報記録媒体は、その第2情報記録媒体のアドレスユニットナンバ及びパリティとは記録方式が異なっている。 That is, the second information recording medium is different in recording method from the address unit number and parity of the first information recording medium, and the third information recording medium is different from the address unit number and parity of the second information recording medium. The recording method is different.

 このため、第3情報記録媒体を、第1記録再生装置及び第2記録再生装置に対して再生不能な状態とすることができるので、第3情報記録媒体に起因したこれらの記録再生装置における誤動作を確実に防止できる。 For this reason, the third information recording medium can be set in a state incapable of being reproduced with respect to the first recording / reproducing apparatus and the second recording / reproducing apparatus. Can be reliably prevented.

 また、上記の構成によれば、第3アドレスフィールドにおいて、アドレスユニットナンバ及びパリティともに、それぞれ2シンボルに対して変形処理が行われている。すなわち、アドレスユニットナンバ及びパリティのいずれかに偏重した変形処理が行われておらず、偏りのない変形処理が行われている。そのため、第1記録再生装置及び第2記録再生装置において、アドレスユニットナンバ及びパリティのそれぞれについて、偏りなくアドレス訂正エラーを導出させることができる。 Further, according to the above configuration, in the third address field, both the address unit number and the parity are subjected to transformation processing for two symbols. That is, the deformation process that is biased to either the address unit number or the parity is not performed, and the deformation process without bias is performed. Therefore, in the first recording / reproducing apparatus and the second recording / reproducing apparatus, it is possible to derive an address correction error without any deviation for each of the address unit number and the parity.

 さらに、本発明の態様3に係る情報記録媒体は、態様2において、
 上記第3アドレスフィールドの上記アドレスユニットナンバのうち、当該アドレスユニットナンバに対応する上記第2アドレスフィールドの上記アドレスユニットナンバに対する変形処理と同じ変形処理が行われている1シンボルは、上記変形処理が行われている、当該第2アドレスフィールドの当該アドレスユニットナンバのうちの最下位シンボルに対応するシンボルであることが好ましい。
Furthermore, an information recording medium according to aspect 3 of the present invention is the aspect 2,
Among the address unit numbers in the third address field, one symbol that has undergone the same deformation process as the modification process for the address unit number in the second address field corresponding to the address unit number It is preferable that the symbol corresponds to the lowest symbol of the address unit number of the second address field.

 上記の構成によれば、第3アドレスフィールドのアドレスユニットナンバのうち、変形処理が行われている、第2アドレスフィールドのアドレスユニットナンバのうちの最下位シンボルに対応するシンボルに対して、変形処理が行われている。そのため、第1記録再生装置に第3情報記録媒体が装填された場合に、第3情報記録媒体から読み取ったアドレスユニットナンバをインクリメントすることができないので、第3情報記録媒体のアドレス訂正を行うことができない。 According to the above configuration, the transformation process is performed on the symbol corresponding to the least significant symbol among the address unit numbers in the second address field, in which the transformation process is performed among the address unit numbers in the third address field. Has been done. Therefore, when the third information recording medium is loaded in the first recording / reproducing apparatus, the address unit number read from the third information recording medium cannot be incremented, so that the address of the third information recording medium is corrected. I can't.

 それゆえ、第1記録再生装置において、より確実にアドレス訂正エラーを導出させることができるので、第1記録再生装置との再生互換または記録互換を確実に切ることが可能な第3情報記録媒体を提供することができる。 Therefore, in the first recording / reproducing apparatus, an address correction error can be more reliably derived. Therefore, a third information recording medium capable of reliably breaking reproduction compatibility or recording compatibility with the first recording / reproducing apparatus is provided. Can be provided.

 さらに、本発明の態様4に係る情報記録媒体は、態様2または3において、
 上記第3アドレスフィールドの上記アドレスユニットナンバのうち、上記第2アドレスフィールドの上記アドレスユニットナンバに対する変形処理が行われていない2シンボルのうち下位の1シンボルに対応する1シンボルに対して、上記変形処理が行われていることが好ましい。
Furthermore, an information recording medium according to aspect 4 of the present invention is the aspect 2 or 3,
Among the address unit numbers in the third address field, the deformation is performed on one symbol corresponding to the lower one of the two symbols that are not subjected to the modification process on the address unit number in the second address field. It is preferable that the process is performed.

 上記の構成によれば、第2アドレスフィールドのアドレスユニットナンバに対する変形処理が行われていない2シンボルのうち下位の1シンボルに対応する1シンボルに対して、変形処理が行われている。そのため、第2記録再生装置では、上記下位シンボルにおいて、第2情報記録媒体が装填された場合とは異なる値の変化が生じるため、第3情報記録媒体のアドレス訂正を行うことができない。 According to the above configuration, the transformation process is performed on one symbol corresponding to the lower one of the two symbols that are not subjected to the transformation process on the address unit number in the second address field. For this reason, in the second recording / reproducing apparatus, since a change in value different from that in the case where the second information recording medium is loaded occurs in the lower symbol, the address of the third information recording medium cannot be corrected.

 それゆえ、第2記録再生装置において、より確実にアドレス訂正エラーを導出させることができるので、第2記録再生装置との再生互換を確実に切ることが可能な第3情報記録媒体を提供することができる。 Therefore, an address correction error can be more reliably derived in the second recording / reproducing apparatus, and therefore a third information recording medium capable of reliably breaking reproduction compatibility with the second recording / reproducing apparatus is provided. Can do.

 さらに、本発明の態様5に係る再生装置(記録再生装置1000、5000)は、
 態様1から4のいずれかに記載の上記第3情報記録媒体に記録された上記第3アドレスフィールドにおいて上記変形処理が行われているシンボルを元の状態に戻し、エラー訂正復号を行うエラー訂正復号部(ECCエンコーダ/デコーダ7)を備えていることが好ましい。
Furthermore, the playback apparatus (recording / playback apparatus 1000, 5000) according to aspect 5 of the present invention includes:
Error correction decoding for performing error correction decoding by returning the symbol subjected to the deformation process in the third address field recorded on the third information recording medium according to any one of aspects 1 to 4 to an original state The unit (ECC encoder / decoder 7) is preferably provided.

 上記の構成によれば、第3情報記録媒体において変形処理が行われているシンボルを元の状態に戻し、エラー訂正復号を行うことができる。 According to the above configuration, it is possible to perform error correction decoding by returning a symbol that has undergone deformation processing in the third information recording medium to its original state.

 それゆえ、第3情報記録媒体のアドレスフィールドを正しく訂正し、少なくともデータ再生を行うことができる。すなわち、第1記録再生装置及び第2記録再生装置においては再生不能な情報記録媒体として扱われる第3情報記録媒体に対するデータ再生処理を可能にする。 Therefore, it is possible to correct at least the address field of the third information recording medium and perform at least data reproduction. In other words, the first recording / reproducing apparatus and the second recording / reproducing apparatus enable data reproduction processing on the third information recording medium that is handled as an information recording medium that cannot be reproduced.

 さらに、本発明の態様6に係る再生装置(記録再生装置5000)は、態様1から4のいずれかにおける上記第3情報記録媒体を少なくとも再生可能な再生装置であって、
 上記第1アドレスフィールドに対して行われる第1エラー訂正復号、上記第2アドレスフィールドに対して行われる第2エラー訂正復号、及び、上記第3アドレスフィールドに対して行われる第3エラー訂正復号のいずれかのエラー訂正復号を行うことが可能なエラー訂正復号部(ECCエンコーダ/デコーダ7)と、
 上記エラー訂正復号部に、上記第1エラー訂正復号を行わせるための第1設定、上記第2エラー訂正復号を行わせるための第2設定、及び、上記第3エラー訂正復号を行わせるための第3設定のいずれかを選択する設定選択部(アドレス設定変更部51)と、
 上記設定選択部によって選択された上記第1設定、上記第2設定、上記第3設定のいずれかの設定によって、上記エラー訂正復号が正常に行われたか否かを判定する判定部(訂正可否判定部52)と、を備え、
 上記設定選択部は、上記エラー訂正復号が正常に行われなかった場合には、選択した設定とは異なる設定に変更することが好ましい。
Furthermore, a reproducing apparatus (recording / reproducing apparatus 5000) according to Aspect 6 of the present invention is a reproducing apparatus capable of reproducing at least the third information recording medium according to any one of Aspects 1 to 4,
First error correction decoding performed on the first address field, second error correction decoding performed on the second address field, and third error correction decoding performed on the third address field. An error correction decoding unit (ECC encoder / decoder 7) capable of performing any error correction decoding;
A first setting for causing the error correction decoding unit to perform the first error correction decoding; a second setting for causing the second error correction decoding; and a third setting for performing the third error correction decoding. A setting selection unit (address setting change unit 51) for selecting one of the third settings;
A determination unit that determines whether or not the error correction decoding has been performed normally according to any one of the first setting, the second setting, and the third setting selected by the setting selection unit (correction propriety determination) Part 52), and
The setting selection unit preferably changes the setting to a setting different from the selected setting when the error correction decoding is not performed normally.

 上記の構成によれば、判定部は、設定選択部によって選択された設定によって、エラー訂正復号部によるエラー訂正復号が正常に行われたか否かを判定し、当該エラー訂正復号が正常に行われていなかった場合には、選択した設定とは異なる設定に変更する。 According to the above configuration, the determination unit determines whether or not the error correction decoding by the error correction decoding unit is normally performed according to the setting selected by the setting selection unit, and the error correction decoding is normally performed. If not, the setting is changed to a setting different from the selected setting.

 例えば、設定選択部によって第1設定が選択されている場合、エラー訂正復号部は、第1エラー訂正復号を行う。その結果、判定部によってエラー訂正復号が正常に行われていないと判定された場合には、装填された情報記録媒体が第1情報記録媒体ではないと判定できるため、第1設定とは異なる第2設定または第3設定に変更して、エラー訂正復号部による処理が行われる。 For example, when the first setting is selected by the setting selection unit, the error correction decoding unit performs the first error correction decoding. As a result, when the determination unit determines that the error correction decoding is not normally performed, it can be determined that the loaded information recording medium is not the first information recording medium. The setting is changed to the second setting or the third setting, and the process by the error correction decoding unit is performed.

 このように、第1~第3情報記録媒体にそれぞれ適した第1~第3エラー訂正復号を行うことが可能になるため、第1~第3情報記録媒体に対する再生処理を行うことが可能となる。 As described above, since it is possible to perform the first to third error correction decoding suitable for the first to third information recording media, it is possible to perform the reproduction processing for the first to third information recording media. Become.

 さらに、本発明の態様7に係る再生装置は、態様6において、
 上記設定選択部による上記設定の変更は、上記第1情報記録媒体、上記第2情報記録媒体、及び上記第3情報記録媒体のうち、データ再生時に照射される再生光の強度が小さい情報記録媒体の順に行われることが好ましい。
Furthermore, the playback device according to aspect 7 of the present invention provides the playback apparatus according to aspect 6,
The change of the setting by the setting selection unit is an information recording medium in which the intensity of reproduction light emitted during data reproduction is small among the first information recording medium, the second information recording medium, and the third information recording medium. It is preferable to carry out in this order.

 上記の構成によれば、装填された情報記録媒体(第1~第3情報記録媒体のいずれか)に適した再生光の強度よりも大きい強度を有する再生光が当該情報記録媒体に照射された結果、当該情報記録媒体に記録されているデータが破壊されるというリスクを抑制できる。 According to the above configuration, the information recording medium is irradiated with reproduction light having an intensity greater than the intensity of reproduction light suitable for the loaded information recording medium (any of the first to third information recording media). As a result, the risk that the data recorded on the information recording medium is destroyed can be suppressed.

 さらに、本発明の態様8に係る情報記録媒体(光ディスク100)は、
 (9,5,5)RSコードにエラー訂正符号化処理されたアドレスフィールドを有し、かつ、第1バージョン、第2バージョン及び第3バージョンが存在する情報記録媒体の種別のうち、当該種別が第3バージョンである第3情報記録媒体としての情報記録媒体であって、
 上記種別が第1バージョンである第1情報記録媒体(Ver1.0ディスク)が有する第1アドレスフィールド(アドレスフィールド112a)に対応する、上記種別が上記第2バージョンの情報記録媒体である第2情報記録媒体(Ver2.0ディスク)が有する第2アドレスフィールド(アドレスフィールド122a)を構成する9シンボルのうち、少なくとも3シンボルに対して変形処理が行われており、
 上記第1アドレスフィールドに対応する、上記第3情報記録媒体が有する第3アドレスフィールド(アドレスフィールド132a)を構成する9シンボルのうち、少なくとも3シンボルに対して上記変形処理が行われており、
 上記第3アドレスフィールドに対して上記変形処理が行われた少なくとも3シンボルのうち、少なくとも1シンボルに対しては、当該1シンボルに対応する、上記第2アドレスフィールドを構成するシンボルに対する上記変形処理と同じ変形処理が行われており、
 上記少なくとも1シンボルとは異なるシンボルのうち少なくとも3シンボルに対しては、
  (1)当該3シンボルのいずれかに対応する、上記第2アドレスフィールドを構成するシンボルに対して上記変形処理が行われていない場合には、当該変形処理が行われているか、
  (2)当該3シンボルのいずれかに対応する、上記第2アドレスフィールドを構成するシンボルに対して上記変形処理が行われている場合には、当該変形処理が行われていないかの少なくともいずれかである。
Furthermore, an information recording medium (optical disc 100) according to aspect 8 of the present invention is
(9, 5, 5) Among the types of information recording media having an address field subjected to error correction coding processing in the RS code and having the first version, the second version, and the third version, the type is An information recording medium as a third information recording medium which is a third version,
The second information corresponding to the first address field (address field 112a) of the first information recording medium (Ver1.0 disc) whose type is the first version is the second version information recording medium. Of the 9 symbols constituting the second address field (address field 122a) of the recording medium (Ver 2.0 disc), at least 3 symbols are subjected to deformation processing,
Of the nine symbols constituting the third address field (address field 132a) of the third information recording medium corresponding to the first address field, the deformation process is performed on at least three symbols,
Of the at least three symbols that have been subjected to the modification process for the third address field, for at least one symbol, the modification process for the symbols constituting the second address field corresponding to the one symbol; The same transformation process is performed,
For at least three symbols different from the at least one symbol,
(1) If the deformation process is not performed on the symbols constituting the second address field corresponding to any of the three symbols, the deformation process is performed,
(2) When the deformation process is performed on the symbols corresponding to any of the three symbols and constituting the second address field, at least one of the deformation processes not being performed It is.

 上記の構成によれば、第3アドレスフィールドを構成する9シンボルのうち、少なくとも3シンボルに対して変形処理が行われている。このため、第3情報記録媒体は、第1情報記録媒体のアドレスフィールドの記録方式とは異なるため、第3情報記録媒体を、第1記録再生装置に対して再生不能な状態とすることができる。 According to the above configuration, deformation processing is performed on at least 3 symbols out of 9 symbols configuring the third address field. For this reason, since the third information recording medium is different from the recording method of the address field of the first information recording medium, the third information recording medium can be made unreproducible with respect to the first recording / reproducing apparatus. .

 また、第3アドレスフィールドの上記少なくとも1シンボルとは異なるシンボルのうち少なくとも3シンボルに対しては、上記(1)及び(2)の少なくともいずれかの対応がとられている。 Further, at least three of the symbols different from the at least one symbol in the third address field correspond to at least one of the above (1) and (2).

 そのため、第3情報記録媒体は第2情報記録媒体のアドレスフィールドの記録方式とは異なるため、第3情報記録媒体を、第2記録再生装置に対しても再生不能な状態とすることができる。 Therefore, since the third information recording medium is different from the recording method of the address field of the second information recording medium, it is possible to make the third information recording medium unreproducible even for the second recording / reproducing apparatus.

 それゆえ、第3情報記録媒体に起因した第1記録再生装置及び第2記録再生装置における誤動作を防止できる。 Therefore, malfunction in the first recording / reproducing apparatus and the second recording / reproducing apparatus due to the third information recording medium can be prevented.

 また、第3アドレスフィールドの上記少なくとも3シンボルのうち、少なくとも1シンボルに対しては、第2アドレスフィールドを構成するシンボルに対する変形処理と同じ変形処理が行われている。このため、上記変形処理のための機能を、第3情報記録媒体に対して記録または再生処理が可能な記録再生装置と第2記録再生装置との間で共有させることができる。 Also, at least one of the at least three symbols in the third address field is subjected to the same deformation process as that for the symbols constituting the second address field. Therefore, the function for the deformation process can be shared between the recording / reproducing apparatus and the second recording / reproducing apparatus that can perform the recording or reproducing process on the third information recording medium.

 さらに、第2アドレスフィールドを構成する9シンボルのうち、少なくとも3シンボルに対して変形処理が行われている。このため、第2情報記録媒体についても、第1情報記録媒体のアドレスフィールドの記録方式とは異なるため、第1記録再生装置に対して再生不能な状態とすることができる。 Furthermore, deformation processing is performed on at least 3 symbols out of 9 symbols constituting the second address field. For this reason, since the second information recording medium is also different from the recording method of the address field of the first information recording medium, the second information recording medium can be made unreproducible with respect to the first recording / reproducing apparatus.

 それゆえ、第2情報記録媒体に起因した第1記録再生装置における誤動作を防止することができる。すなわち、従来の誤動作の防止を行うことができる状況を変更することなく、上記第1記録再生装置及び第2記録再生装置における誤動作を防止可能な第3情報記録媒体を提供することができる。 Therefore, it is possible to prevent malfunction in the first recording / reproducing apparatus due to the second information recording medium. That is, it is possible to provide a third information recording medium capable of preventing malfunctions in the first recording / reproducing apparatus and the second recording / reproducing apparatus without changing the conventional situation in which the malfunction can be prevented.

 〔その他〕
 その他、本発明は、以下のようにも記載できる。
[Others]
In addition, the present invention can also be described as follows.

 (1)本発明の一態様に係る情報記録媒体は、共にアドレスフィールドを(9,5,5)RSコードでエラー訂正符号化する、第1バージョン、第2バージョン及び第3バージョンが存在する情報記録媒体種別のうち、第3バージョンの情報記録媒体であり、
 第2バージョンの情報記録媒体のアドレスフィールドは、該アドレスフィールドの9シンボルのうち、対応する第1バージョンの情報記録媒体のアドレスフィールドから少なくとも3シンボルの変形処理が行われており、
 第3バージョンの情報記録媒体のアドレスフィールドは、該アドレスフィールドの9シンボルのうち、対応する第1バージョンの情報記録媒体のアドレスフィールドから少なくとも3シンボルの変形処理が行われており、
 上記第3バージョンの情報記録媒体のアドレスフィールドにおいて変形処理の行われた少なくとも3シンボルのうち、少なくとも1シンボルは、対応する第2バージョンの情報記録媒体のアドレスフィールドのシンボルと同じ変形処理が行われており、
 上記第3バージョンの情報記録媒体のアドレスフィールドのうち、対応する第2バージョンの情報記録媒体のアドレスフィールドのシンボルと同じ変形処理が行われるシンボルとは異なるシンボルのうち、少なくとも3シンボルは、対応する第2バージョンのアドレスフィールドのシンボルが変形処理されていない場合には変形処理が行われており、対応する第2バージョンのアドレスフィールドのシンボルが変形処理されている場合は変形処理を行われていない、のいずれかであるように、上記第3バージョンの情報記録媒体にアドレスフィールドが記録されている。
(1) In the information recording medium according to one aspect of the present invention, the information in which the first version, the second version, and the third version exist, both of which perform error correction encoding of the address field with the (9, 5, 5) RS code. Among the recording medium types, the information recording medium of the third version,
The address field of the information recording medium of the second version is subjected to a transformation process of at least 3 symbols from the address field of the corresponding information recording medium of the first version among the 9 symbols of the address field,
The address field of the information recording medium of the third version has undergone at least 3 symbol transformation processing from the address field of the corresponding information recording medium of the first version among the 9 symbols of the address field,
Of the at least three symbols subjected to the deformation process in the address field of the third version information recording medium, at least one symbol is subjected to the same deformation process as the corresponding address field symbol of the second version information recording medium. And
Of the address fields of the third version information recording medium, at least three symbols among the symbols different from the symbols subjected to the same deformation process as the symbols of the corresponding address field of the second version information recording medium correspond. If the symbol of the second version address field is not transformed, the transformation process is performed. If the corresponding symbol of the second version address field is transformed, the transformation process is not performed. As described above, an address field is recorded on the information recording medium of the third version.

 (2)本発明の一態様に係る情報記録媒体は、上記(1)に記載の情報記録媒体において、
 上記アドレスフィールドは、アドレスユニットナンバを4シンボル、フラグビットを1シンボル、パリティを4シンボル含んでおり、
 第2バージョンの情報記録媒体のアドレスフィールドは、対応する第1バージョンの情報記録媒体のアドレスユニットナンバから2シンボルの変形処理が行われ、対応する第1バージョンの情報記録媒体のパリティから2シンボルの変形処理が行われており、
 第3バージョンの情報記録媒体のアドレスフィールドにおいて、
 アドレスユニットナンバのうち1シンボルは、対応する第2バージョンの情報記録媒体のアドレスユニットナンバと同じ変形処理が行われ、
 アドレスユニットナンバのうち、対応する第2バージョンの情報記録媒体のアドレスユニットナンバに変形処理が行われていない2シンボルのうち1シンボルは、対応する第1バージョンの情報記録媒体のアドレスユニットナンバから変形処理が行われ、
 パリティのうち1シンボルは、対応する第2バージョンの情報記録媒体のパリティと同じ変形処理が行われ、
 パリティのうち、対応する第2バージョンの情報記録媒体のパリティに変形処理が行われていない2シンボルのうち1シンボルは、対応する第1バージョンの情報記録媒体のパリティから変形処理が行われていることが好ましい。
(2) An information recording medium according to an aspect of the present invention is the information recording medium according to (1),
The address field includes 4 symbols for the address unit number, 1 symbol for the flag bit, and 4 symbols for parity.
In the address field of the information recording medium of the second version, 2 symbols are transformed from the address unit number of the corresponding information recording medium of the first version, and 2 symbols of the parity of the information recording medium of the corresponding first version are used. The transformation process has been performed,
In the address field of the information recording medium of the third version,
One symbol of the address unit number is subjected to the same transformation process as the address unit number of the corresponding information recording medium of the second version,
Among the address unit numbers, one symbol out of the two symbols that have not undergone transformation processing on the address unit number of the corresponding second version information recording medium is transformed from the address unit number of the corresponding first version information recording medium. Processing takes place,
One symbol of the parity is subjected to the same transformation process as the parity of the corresponding information recording medium of the second version,
Among the parities, one symbol out of two symbols that has not undergone transformation processing on the parity of the corresponding second version information recording medium has undergone transformation processing from the parity of the corresponding first version information recording medium. It is preferable.

 (3)本発明の一態様に係る情報記録媒体は、上記(2)に記載の情報記録媒体において、
 第3バージョンの情報記録媒体のアドレスフィールドにおいて、アドレスユニットナンバのうち、対応する第2バージョンの情報記録媒体のアドレスユニットナンバと同じ変形処理が行われる1シンボルは、変形処理された、第2バージョンの情報記録媒体のアドレスユニットナンバのうちの最下位シンボルであることが好ましい。
(3) An information recording medium according to an aspect of the present invention is the information recording medium according to (2) above,
In the address field of the information recording medium of the third version, among the address unit numbers, one symbol subjected to the same deformation process as the address unit number of the corresponding information recording medium of the second version is converted into the second version Preferably, it is the lowest symbol of the address unit numbers of the information recording medium.

 (4)本発明の一態様に係る情報記録媒体は、上記(2)または(3)に記載の情報記録媒体において、
 第3バージョンの情報記録媒体のアドレスフィールドにおいて、アドレスユニットナンバのうち、対応する第2バージョンの情報記録媒体のアドレスユニットナンバに変形処理が行われていない2シンボルのうち下位の1シンボルに対して、対応する第1バージョンの情報記録媒体のアドレスユニットナンバから変形処理が行われることが好ましい。
(4) An information recording medium according to an aspect of the present invention is the information recording medium according to (2) or (3) above,
In the address field of the information recording medium of the third version, for the lower one of the two symbols of the address unit numbers that have not been transformed into the address unit number of the corresponding information recording medium of the second version It is preferable that the transformation process is performed from the address unit number of the corresponding information recording medium of the first version.

 (5)本発明の一態様に係る再生装置は、上記(1)から(4)のいずれかの第3バージョンの情報記録媒体において、変形処理されたシンボルを元に戻し、エラー訂正復号を行うエラー訂正復号部を備えている。 (5) A reproduction apparatus according to an aspect of the present invention performs error correction decoding by returning the transformed symbol to the original in the third version information recording medium of any one of (1) to (4) above. An error correction decoding unit is provided.

 (6)本発明の一態様に係る再生装置は、上記(1)から(4)のいずれかに記載の、第3バージョンの情報記録媒体と、第1バージョンの情報記録媒体、および/または、第2バージョンの情報記録媒体の再生に対応する再生装置であって、
 対応する情報記録媒体のうち、いずれか一つを選択し、その情報記録媒体のアドレスフィールドのエラー訂正復号が可能なエラー訂正復号部を設定し、エラー訂正復号が不能である場合、
 対応する別の情報記録媒体のアドレスフィールドのエラー訂正復号が可能なエラー訂正復号部を設定することが好ましい。
(6) A playback device according to an aspect of the present invention provides the third version of the information recording medium, the first version of the information recording medium, and / or the information recording medium according to any one of (1) to (4) above. A playback apparatus that supports playback of the information recording medium of the second version,
If any one of the corresponding information recording media is selected, an error correction decoding unit capable of error correction decoding of the address field of the information recording medium is set, and error correction decoding is impossible,
It is preferable to set an error correction decoding unit capable of performing error correction decoding of the address field of another corresponding information recording medium.

 (7)本発明の一態様に係る再生装置は、上記(6)において、情報の再生のために設定される再生パワーが最も小さい情報記録媒体用のエラー訂正復号部を設定することが好ましい。 (7) In the reproduction apparatus according to one aspect of the present invention, in the above (6), it is preferable to set an error correction decoding unit for an information recording medium having the smallest reproduction power set for information reproduction.

 本発明は上述した各実施形態に限定されるものではなく、請求項に示した範囲で種々の変更が可能であり、異なる実施形態にそれぞれ開示された技術的手段を適宜組み合わせて得られる実施形態についても本発明の技術的範囲に含まれる。さらに、各実施形態にそれぞれ開示された技術的手段を組み合わせることにより、新しい技術的特徴を形成することができる。 The present invention is not limited to the above-described embodiments, and various modifications are possible within the scope shown in the claims, and embodiments obtained by appropriately combining technical means disclosed in different embodiments. Is also included in the technical scope of the present invention. Furthermore, a new technical feature can be formed by combining the technical means disclosed in each embodiment.

 本発明は、バージョンアップが想定される情報記録媒体、例えばブルーレイディスク(登録商標)等に好適に利用することができる。 The present invention can be suitably used for an information recording medium that is supposed to be upgraded, such as a Blu-ray Disc (registered trademark).

 7    ECCエンコーダ/デコーダ(エラー訂正復号部)
 111  アドレスユニットナンバ
 121  アドレスユニットナンバ
 131  アドレスユニットナンバ
 112a アドレスフィールド(第1アドレスフィールド)
 122a アドレスフィールド(第2アドレスフィールド)
 132a アドレスフィールド(第3アドレスフィールド)
 100  光ディスク(情報記録媒体)
 1000 記録再生装置(再生装置)
 5000 記録再生装置(再生装置)
7 ECC encoder / decoder (error correction decoding unit)
111 Address unit number 121 Address unit number 131 Address unit number 112a Address field (first address field)
122a Address field (second address field)
132a Address field (third address field)
100 Optical disc (information recording medium)
1000 Recording / playback device (playback device)
5000 Recording / playback device (playback device)

Claims (5)

 (9,5,5)RSコードにエラー訂正符号化処理されたアドレスフィールドを有し、かつ、第1バージョン、第2バージョン及び第3バージョンが存在する情報記録媒体の種別のうち、当該種別が第3バージョンである第3情報記録媒体としての情報記録媒体であって、
 上記種別が第1バージョンである情報記録媒体を第1情報記録媒体とし、上記種別が第2バージョンである情報記録媒体を第2情報記録媒体とした場合に、
 上記第1情報記録媒体が有する第1アドレスフィールドに対応する、上記第3情報記録媒体が有する第3アドレスフィールドを構成する9シンボルのうち、少なくとも3シンボルに対して変形処理が行われており、
 上記第3アドレスフィールドに対して上記変形処理が行われた少なくとも3シンボルのうち、少なくとも1シンボルに対しては、当該1シンボルに対応する、上記第2情報記録媒体が有する第2アドレスフィールドを構成するシンボルに対する上記変形処理と同じ変形処理が行われており、
 上記少なくとも1シンボルとは異なるシンボルのうち少なくとも3シンボルに対しては、
  (1)当該3シンボルのいずれかに対応する、上記第2アドレスフィールドを構成するシンボルに対して上記変形処理が行われていない場合には、当該変形処理が行われているか、
  (2)当該3シンボルのいずれかに対応する、上記第2アドレスフィールドを構成するシンボルに対して上記変形処理が行われている場合には、当該変形処理が行われていないかの少なくともいずれかであることを特徴とする情報記録媒体。
(9, 5, 5) Among the types of information recording media having an address field subjected to error correction coding processing in the RS code and having the first version, the second version, and the third version, the type is An information recording medium as a third information recording medium which is a third version,
When the information recording medium whose type is the first version is the first information recording medium and the information recording medium whose type is the second version is the second information recording medium,
A deformation process is performed on at least three symbols out of nine symbols constituting the third address field of the third information recording medium corresponding to the first address field of the first information recording medium,
Of the at least three symbols subjected to the deformation process on the third address field, at least one symbol constitutes the second address field of the second information recording medium corresponding to the one symbol. The same deformation process as that for the symbol to be performed is performed,
For at least three symbols different from the at least one symbol,
(1) If the deformation process is not performed on the symbols constituting the second address field corresponding to any of the three symbols, the deformation process is performed,
(2) When the deformation process is performed on the symbols corresponding to any of the three symbols and constituting the second address field, at least one of the deformation processes not being performed An information recording medium characterized by the above.
 上記第1アドレスフィールド、上記第2アドレスフィールド及び上記第3アドレスフィールドはそれぞれ、アドレスユニットナンバを4シンボル、フラグビットを1シンボル、パリティを4シンボル含んでおり、
 上記第1アドレスフィールドの上記アドレスユニットナンバに対応する、上記第2アドレスフィールドの上記アドレスユニットナンバを構成する2シンボルに対して上記変形処理が行われているとともに、上記第1アドレスフィールドの上記パリティに対応する、上記第2アドレスフィールドの上記パリティを構成する2シンボルに対して上記変形処理が行われており、
 上記第3アドレスフィールドにおいて、
  上記アドレスユニットナンバのうちの1シンボルに対しては、当該1シンボルに対応する上記第2アドレスフィールドの上記アドレスユニットナンバに対する変形処理と同じ変形処理が行われ、
  上記アドレスユニットナンバのうち、上記第2アドレスフィールドの上記アドレスユニットナンバに対して上記変形処理が行われていない2シンボルのうちの1シンボルに対応する1シンボルに対しては、上記変形処理が行われ、
  上記パリティのうちの1シンボルに対しては、当該1シンボルに対応する上記第2アドレスフィールドの上記パリティに対する変形処理と同じ変形処理が行われ、
  上記パリティのうち、上記第2アドレスフィールドの上記パリティに対して上記変形処理が行われていない2シンボルのうちの1シンボルに対応する1シンボルに対しては、上記変形処理が行われていることを特徴とする請求項1に記載の情報記録媒体。
Each of the first address field, the second address field, and the third address field includes 4 symbols for an address unit number, 1 symbol for a flag bit, and 4 symbols for a parity,
The transformation processing is performed on two symbols constituting the address unit number of the second address field corresponding to the address unit number of the first address field, and the parity of the first address field is The transformation process is performed on two symbols constituting the parity of the second address field corresponding to
In the third address field,
For one symbol of the address unit number, the same deformation process as that for the address unit number of the second address field corresponding to the one symbol is performed,
Of the address unit numbers, the transformation process is performed on one symbol corresponding to one of the two symbols that are not subjected to the transformation process on the address unit number in the second address field. I,
For one symbol of the parity, the same modification process as the modification process for the parity of the second address field corresponding to the one symbol is performed,
Of the parity, the modification process is performed on one symbol corresponding to one of the two symbols on which the modification process is not performed on the parity of the second address field. The information recording medium according to claim 1.
 上記第3アドレスフィールドの上記アドレスユニットナンバのうち、当該アドレスユニットナンバに対応する上記第2アドレスフィールドの上記アドレスユニットナンバに対する変形処理と同じ変形処理が行われている1シンボルは、上記変形処理が行われている、当該第2アドレスフィールドの当該アドレスユニットナンバのうちの最下位シンボルに対応するシンボルであることを特徴とする請求項2に記載の情報記録媒体。 Among the address unit numbers in the third address field, one symbol that has undergone the same deformation process as the modification process for the address unit number in the second address field corresponding to the address unit number The information recording medium according to claim 2, wherein the information recording medium is a symbol corresponding to the lowest symbol of the address unit number of the second address field.  上記第3アドレスフィールドの上記アドレスユニットナンバのうち、上記第2アドレスフィールドの上記アドレスユニットナンバに対する変形処理が行われていない2シンボルのうち下位の1シンボルに対応する1シンボルに対して、上記変形処理が行われていることを特徴とする請求項2または3に記載の情報記録媒体。 Among the address unit numbers in the third address field, the deformation is performed on one symbol corresponding to the lower one of the two symbols that are not subjected to the modification process on the address unit number in the second address field. 4. The information recording medium according to claim 2, wherein processing is performed.  請求項1から4のいずれか1項に記載の上記第3情報記録媒体に記録された上記第3アドレスフィールドにおいて上記変形処理が行われているシンボルを元の状態に戻し、エラー訂正復号を行うエラー訂正復号部を備えていることを特徴とする再生装置。 5. The error-corrected decoding is performed by returning the symbol subjected to the deformation process to the original state in the third address field recorded on the third information recording medium according to any one of claims 1 to 4. A playback apparatus comprising an error correction decoding unit.
PCT/JP2014/055761 2013-06-24 2014-03-06 Information recording medium and reproducing device Ceased WO2014208135A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2013-132050 2013-06-24
JP2013132050 2013-06-24

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2014208135A1 true WO2014208135A1 (en) 2014-12-31

Family

ID=52141491

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2014/055761 Ceased WO2014208135A1 (en) 2013-06-24 2014-03-06 Information recording medium and reproducing device

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2014208135A1 (en)

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2009072305A1 (en) * 2007-12-07 2009-06-11 Panasonic Corporation Information recording method and information reproduction method
JP2010262713A (en) * 2009-05-11 2010-11-18 Sony Corp Recording apparatus, recording method, reproducing apparatus, reproducing method, and recording medium
JP2012533138A (en) * 2009-07-09 2012-12-20 サムスン エレクトロニクス カンパニー リミテッド Information encoding method, information decoding method, recording / reproducing apparatus, and information recording medium

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2009072305A1 (en) * 2007-12-07 2009-06-11 Panasonic Corporation Information recording method and information reproduction method
JP2010262713A (en) * 2009-05-11 2010-11-18 Sony Corp Recording apparatus, recording method, reproducing apparatus, reproducing method, and recording medium
JP2012533138A (en) * 2009-07-09 2012-12-20 サムスン エレクトロニクス カンパニー リミテッド Information encoding method, information decoding method, recording / reproducing apparatus, and information recording medium

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN1554092B (en) Recording method and disk drive device
JP4893777B2 (en) Recording apparatus, recording method, reproducing apparatus, reproducing method, and recording medium
WO2006049029A1 (en) Optical disc manufacturing method and device, optical disc, and optical disc reproduction method
JP6549809B2 (en) Information recording medium and reproduction apparatus
WO2014208135A1 (en) Information recording medium and reproducing device
HK1167040A (en) Playback method for optical disc, playback apparatus for optical disc, non-transitory computer program product
WO2006049030A1 (en) Optical disc reproduction method and device, and optical disc manufacturing method
CN102549664A (en) Read-only optical disc, and method of producing read-only optical disc
WO2015053015A1 (en) Information processing device, information recording medium, information processing method, and program

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 14818788

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 14818788

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: JP